clang API Documentation
00001 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// 00002 // 00003 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 00004 // 00005 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 00006 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 00007 // 00008 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 00009 // 00010 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. 00011 // 00012 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 00013 00014 #include "Sema.h" 00015 #include "SemaInit.h" 00016 #include "Lookup.h" 00017 #include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h" 00018 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 00019 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 00020 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 00021 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 00022 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 00023 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 00024 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 00025 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 00026 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" 00027 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 00028 #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" 00029 #include "clang/Parse/Designator.h" 00030 #include "clang/Parse/Scope.h" 00031 #include "clang/Parse/Template.h" 00032 using namespace clang; 00033 00034 00035 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and 00036 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. 00037 /// 00038 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing 00039 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, 00040 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being 00041 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted 00042 /// function is being used. 00043 /// 00044 /// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated 00045 /// decls. 00046 /// 00047 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be 00048 /// referenced), false otherwise. 00049 /// 00050 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { 00051 // See if the decl is deprecated. 00052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) { 00053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc); 00054 } 00055 00056 // See if the decl is unavailable 00057 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 00058 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName(); 00059 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0; 00060 } 00061 00062 // See if this is a deleted function. 00063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 00064 if (FD->isDeleted()) { 00065 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 00066 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true; 00067 return true; 00068 } 00069 } 00070 00071 return false; 00072 } 00073 00074 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls 00075 /// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel 00076 /// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument. 00077 /// 00078 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 00079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) { 00080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); 00081 if (!attr) 00082 return; 00083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel(); 00084 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); 00085 00086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common 00087 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code. 00088 unsigned int i = 0; 00089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false; 00090 int isMethod = 0; 00091 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 00092 // skip over named parameters. 00093 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end(); 00094 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { 00095 if (nullPos) 00096 --nullPos; 00097 else 00098 ++i; 00099 } 00100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); 00101 isMethod = 1; 00102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 00103 // skip over named parameters. 00104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end(); 00105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { 00106 if (nullPos) 00107 --nullPos; 00108 else 00109 ++i; 00110 } 00111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); 00112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 00113 // block or function pointer call. 00114 QualType Ty = V->getType(); 00115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { 00116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() 00117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>() 00118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 00119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 00120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 00121 unsigned k; 00122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) { 00123 if (nullPos) 00124 --nullPos; 00125 else 00126 ++i; 00127 } 00128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs); 00129 } 00130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 00131 isMethod = 2; 00132 } else 00133 return; 00134 } else 00135 return; 00136 00137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) { 00138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); 00139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; 00140 return; 00141 } 00142 int sentinel = i; 00143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) { 00144 --sentinelPos; 00145 ++i; 00146 } 00147 if (sentinelPos > 0) { 00148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); 00149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; 00150 return; 00151 } 00152 while (i < NumArgs-1) { 00153 ++i; 00154 ++sentinel; 00155 } 00156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel]; 00157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) && 00158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || 00159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 00160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) { 00161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod; 00162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; 00163 } 00164 return; 00165 } 00166 00167 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const { 00168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E; 00169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); 00170 } 00171 00172 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 00173 // Standard Promotions and Conversions 00174 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 00175 00176 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). 00177 void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) { 00178 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 00179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type"); 00180 00181 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) 00182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), 00183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); 00184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 00185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is 00186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has 00187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer 00188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression 00189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" 00190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). 00191 // 00192 // C++ 4.2p1: 00193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of 00194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". 00195 // 00196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 00197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) 00198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), 00199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); 00200 } 00201 } 00202 00203 void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) { 00204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 00205 00206 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 00207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type"); 00208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() && 00209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) && 00210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) { 00211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1: 00212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the 00213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the 00214 // rvalue is T 00215 // 00216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2: 00217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified 00218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the 00219 // type of the lvalue. 00220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 00221 } 00222 } 00223 00224 00225 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most 00226 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are 00227 /// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't 00228 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. 00229 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. 00230 Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) { 00231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); 00232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type"); 00233 00234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2: 00235 // 00236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or 00237 // unsigned int may be used: 00238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer 00239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int 00240 // and unsigned int. 00241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. 00242 // 00243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the 00244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an 00245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All 00246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. 00247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr); 00248 if (!PTy.isNull()) { 00249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 00250 return Expr; 00251 } 00252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 00253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); 00254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 00255 return Expr; 00256 } 00257 00258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr); 00259 return Expr; 00260 } 00261 00262 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 00263 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to 00264 /// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions(). 00265 void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) { 00266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); 00267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type"); 00268 00269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double. 00270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 00271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) 00272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy, 00273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); 00274 00275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr); 00276 } 00277 00278 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 00279 /// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC 00280 /// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is 00281 /// completely illegal. 00282 bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) { 00283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr); 00284 00285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() && 00286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(), 00287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) 00288 << Expr->getType() << CT)) 00289 return true; 00290 00291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() && 00292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(), 00293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) 00294 << Expr->getType() << CT)) 00295 return true; 00296 00297 return false; 00298 } 00299 00300 00301 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to 00302 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 00303 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 00304 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 00305 /// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with 00306 /// GCC. 00307 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr, 00308 bool isCompAssign) { 00309 if (!isCompAssign) 00310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr); 00311 00312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr); 00313 00314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. 00315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. 00316 QualType lhs = 00317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 00318 QualType rhs = 00319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 00320 00321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. 00322 if (lhs == rhs) 00323 return lhs; 00324 00325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. 00326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). 00327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType()) 00328 return lhs; 00329 00330 // Perform bitfield promotions. 00331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr); 00332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) 00333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; 00334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr); 00335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) 00336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy; 00337 00338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs); 00339 if (!isCompAssign) 00340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 00341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 00342 return destType; 00343 } 00344 00345 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 00346 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types 00347 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 00348 00349 00350 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 00351 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string 00352 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from 00353 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one 00354 /// string. 00355 /// 00356 Action::OwningExprResult 00357 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) { 00358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!"); 00359 00360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP); 00361 if (Literal.hadError) 00362 return ExprError(); 00363 00364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; 00365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i) 00366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation()); 00367 00368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy; 00369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType(); 00370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 00371 00372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1). 00373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 00374 StrTy.addConst(); 00375 00376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes 00377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal 00378 // strings. 00379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy, 00380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1), 00381 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 00382 00383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! 00384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), 00385 Literal.GetStringLength(), 00386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy, 00387 &StringTokLocs[0], 00388 StringTokLocs.size())); 00389 } 00390 00391 /// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of 00392 /// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto 00393 /// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g. 00394 /// for values inside the block or for globals). 00395 /// 00396 /// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records 00397 /// up-to-date. 00398 /// 00399 static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock, 00400 ValueDecl *VD) { 00401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if 00402 // we wanted to. 00403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) 00404 return false; 00405 00406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot. 00407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) 00408 return false; 00409 00410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to 00411 // snapshot it. 00412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++? 00413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) 00414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) 00415 return false; 00416 00417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant. 00418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; 00419 00420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in 00421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may 00422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do 00423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain. 00424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) { 00425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]); 00426 00427 if (!NextBlock) 00428 continue; 00429 00430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as 00431 // having a reference outside it. 00432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) 00433 break; 00434 00435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need 00436 // a snapshot as well. 00437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; 00438 } 00439 00440 return true; 00441 } 00442 00443 00444 00445 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr. 00446 Sema::OwningExprResult 00447 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, 00448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 00449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) { 00450 Diag(Loc, 00451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) 00452 << D->getDeclName(); 00453 return ExprError(); 00454 } 00455 00456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 00457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { 00458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) { 00459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) { 00460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function) 00461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName(); 00462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here) 00463 << D->getIdentifier(); 00464 return ExprError(); 00465 } 00466 } 00467 } 00468 } 00469 00470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D); 00471 00472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, 00473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0, 00474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), 00475 D, Loc, Ty)); 00476 } 00477 00478 /// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or 00479 /// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type 00480 /// is Record. 00481 static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context, 00482 RecordDecl *Record) { 00483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 00484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!"); 00485 00486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1) 00487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which 00488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better. 00489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext(); 00490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(), 00491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(); 00492 D != DEnd; ++D) { 00493 if (*D == Record) { 00494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly 00495 // follows its type in the list of declarations. 00496 ++D; 00497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record"); 00498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed"); 00499 return *D; 00500 } 00501 } 00502 00503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record"); 00504 return 0; 00505 } 00506 00507 /// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous 00508 /// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the 00509 /// actual member. 00510 /// 00511 /// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to 00512 /// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The 00513 /// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it 00514 /// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field 00515 /// we found. 00516 /// 00517 /// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin, 00518 /// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another 00519 /// class. Otherwise, returns NULL. 00520 VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field, 00521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) { 00522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() && 00523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() 00524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union"); 00525 00526 Path.push_back(Field); 00527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0; 00528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext(); 00529 do { 00530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx); 00531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record); 00532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject)) 00533 Path.push_back(AnonField); 00534 else { 00535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject); 00536 break; 00537 } 00538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); 00539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() && 00540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()); 00541 00542 return BaseObject; 00543 } 00544 00545 Sema::OwningExprResult 00546 Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc, 00547 FieldDecl *Field, 00548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr, 00549 SourceLocation OpLoc) { 00550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields; 00551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field, 00552 AnonFields); 00553 00554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from 00555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each 00556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we 00557 // found via name lookup. 00558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false; 00559 Qualifiers BaseQuals; 00560 if (BaseObject) { 00561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is, 00562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record). 00563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context); 00564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject); 00565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(), 00566 SourceLocation()); 00567 BaseQuals 00568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers(); 00569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) { 00570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine 00571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the 00572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into. 00573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType(); 00574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 00575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true; 00576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType(); 00577 } 00578 BaseQuals 00579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers(); 00580 } else { 00581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is 00582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed 00583 // program our base object expression is "this". 00584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { 00585 if (!MD->isStatic()) { 00586 QualType AnonFieldType 00587 = Context.getTagDeclType( 00588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext())); 00589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent()); 00590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType) 00591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) || 00592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) { 00593 // Our base object expression is "this". 00594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, 00595 MD->getThisType(Context), 00596 /*isImplicit=*/true); 00597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true; 00598 } 00599 } else { 00600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) 00601 << Field->getDeclName()); 00602 } 00603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()); 00604 } 00605 00606 if (!BaseObjectExpr) 00607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) 00608 << Field->getDeclName()); 00609 } 00610 00611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the 00612 // anonymous struct/union. 00613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr; 00614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals; 00615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator 00616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend(); 00617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) { 00618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType(); 00619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals = 00620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); 00621 00622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members, 00623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'. 00624 if ((*FI)->isMutable()) 00625 ResultQuals.removeConst(); 00626 00627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members. 00628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); 00629 00630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 00631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace()); 00632 00633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals; 00634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals) 00635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals); 00636 00637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI); 00638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI); 00639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name? 00640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI, 00641 OpLoc, MemberType); 00642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false; 00643 ResultQuals = NewQuals; 00644 } 00645 00646 return Owned(Result); 00647 } 00648 00649 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and 00650 /// possibly a list of template arguments. 00651 /// 00652 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call 00653 /// DecomposeTemplateName. 00654 /// 00655 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for 00656 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in 00657 /// some way. 00658 static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef, 00659 const UnqualifiedId &Id, 00660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 00661 DeclarationName &Name, 00662 SourceLocation &NameLoc, 00663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { 00664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 00665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 00666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 00667 00668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef, 00669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 00670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); 00671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer); 00672 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 00673 00674 TemplateName TName = 00675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 00676 00677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName); 00678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 00679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer; 00680 } else { 00681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id); 00682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation; 00683 TemplateArgs = 0; 00684 } 00685 } 00686 00687 /// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results. 00688 /// 00689 /// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can 00690 /// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId 00691 /// found template arguments. 00692 static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) { 00693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId); 00694 TemplateName TName = 00695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 00696 00697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl()) 00698 R.addDecl(TD); 00699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate()) 00700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end(); 00701 I != E; ++I) 00702 R.addDecl(*I); 00703 00704 R.resolveKind(); 00705 } 00706 00707 /// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given 00708 /// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of 00709 /// getting consistent results already. 00710 static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 00711 if (!Record->hasDefinition()) 00712 return false; 00713 00714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(), 00715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 00716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType()); 00717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>(); 00718 if (!BaseRT) return false; 00719 00720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 00721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() || 00722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord)) 00723 return false; 00724 } 00725 00726 return true; 00727 } 00728 00729 /// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether 00730 /// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete. 00731 static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) { 00732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); 00733 00734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent. 00735 if (!DC) return true; 00736 00737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it. 00738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false; 00739 00740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed. 00741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true; 00742 00743 return false; 00744 } 00745 00746 /// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of 00747 /// the prospective base classes. 00748 static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef, 00749 CXXRecordDecl *Record, 00750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) { 00751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl())) 00752 return false; 00753 00754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(); 00755 if (!RD) return false; 00756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD); 00757 00758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(), 00759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 00760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType()); 00761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>(); 00762 if (!BaseRT) return false; 00763 00764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 00765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases)) 00766 return false; 00767 } 00768 00769 return true; 00770 } 00771 00772 /// Determines if this is an instance member of a class. 00773 static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) { 00774 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() && 00775 "checking whether non-member is instance member"); 00776 00777 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true; 00778 00779 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 00780 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic(); 00781 00782 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 00783 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl(); 00784 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic(); 00785 } 00786 00787 return false; 00788 } 00789 00790 enum IMAKind { 00791 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access. 00792 IMA_Static, 00793 00794 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access. 00795 IMA_Mixed, 00796 00797 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if 00798 /// so, because the context is not an instance method. 00799 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext, 00800 00801 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if 00802 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class. 00803 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated, 00804 00805 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access. 00806 IMA_Instance, 00807 00808 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration. 00809 IMA_Unresolved, 00810 00811 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the 00812 /// context is not an instance method. 00813 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext, 00814 00815 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a 00816 /// non-class context. 00817 IMA_AnonymousMember, 00818 00819 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current 00820 /// context is not an instance method. 00821 IMA_Error_StaticContext, 00822 00823 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated 00824 /// class. 00825 IMA_Error_Unrelated 00826 }; 00827 00828 /// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for 00829 /// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access 00830 /// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an 00831 /// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to 00832 /// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply 00833 /// not be caught until template-instantiation. 00834 static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef, 00835 const LookupResult &R) { 00836 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()); 00837 00838 bool isStaticContext = 00839 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) || 00840 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic()); 00841 00842 if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 00843 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved; 00844 00845 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find. 00846 bool hasNonInstance = false; 00847 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes; 00848 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 00849 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 00850 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) { 00851 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); 00852 00853 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the 00854 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one, 00855 // that's a special case. 00856 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 00857 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent()); 00858 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember; 00859 } 00860 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl()); 00861 } 00862 else 00863 hasNonInstance = true; 00864 } 00865 00866 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit 00867 // member reference. 00868 if (Classes.empty()) 00869 return IMA_Static; 00870 00871 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be 00872 // an implicit member reference. 00873 if (isStaticContext) 00874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext); 00875 00876 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the 00877 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in 00878 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected). 00879 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, 00880 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(), 00881 Classes)) 00882 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated); 00883 00884 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance); 00885 } 00886 00887 /// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available. 00888 static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef, 00889 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 00890 const LookupResult &R) { 00891 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); 00892 SourceRange Range(Loc); 00893 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin()); 00894 00895 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) { 00896 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) { 00897 if (MD->isStatic()) { 00898 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function" 00899 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) 00900 << Range << R.getLookupName(); 00901 return; 00902 } 00903 } 00904 00905 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) 00906 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 00907 return; 00908 } 00909 00910 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range; 00911 } 00912 00913 /// Diagnose an empty lookup. 00914 /// 00915 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found 00916 bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 00917 LookupResult &R) { 00918 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 00919 00920 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; 00921 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 00922 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || 00923 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || 00924 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 00925 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; 00926 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; 00927 } 00928 00929 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an 00930 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the 00931 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a 00932 // dependent name. 00933 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0; 00934 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 00935 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 00936 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); 00937 00938 if (!R.empty()) { 00939 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. 00940 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 00941 00942 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); 00943 bool isInstance = CurMethod && 00944 CurMethod->isInstance() && 00945 DC == CurMethod->getParent(); 00946 00947 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. 00948 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases. 00949 // Actually quite difficult! 00950 if (isInstance) 00951 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name 00952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), 00953 "this->"); 00954 else 00955 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; 00956 00957 // Do we really want to note all of these? 00958 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) 00959 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use); 00960 00961 // Tell the callee to try to recover. 00962 return false; 00963 } 00964 } 00965 } 00966 00967 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. 00968 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) { 00969 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) { 00970 if (SS.isEmpty()) 00971 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName() 00972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), 00973 R.getLookupName().getAsString()); 00974 else 00975 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) 00976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName() 00977 << SS.getRange() 00978 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), 00979 R.getLookupName().getAsString()); 00980 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) 00981 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 00982 << ND->getDeclName(); 00983 00984 // Tell the callee to try to recover. 00985 return false; 00986 } 00987 00988 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) { 00989 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or 00990 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser 00991 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo 00992 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going 00993 // to recover well anyway. 00994 if (SS.isEmpty()) 00995 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName(); 00996 else 00997 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) 00998 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName() 00999 << SS.getRange(); 01000 01001 // Don't try to recover; it won't work. 01002 return true; 01003 } 01004 01005 R.clear(); 01006 } 01007 01008 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. 01009 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) 01010 if (!SS.isEmpty()) { 01011 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 01012 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 01013 << SS.getRange(); 01014 return true; 01015 } 01016 01017 // Give up, we can't recover. 01018 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; 01019 return true; 01020 } 01021 01022 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, 01023 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01024 UnqualifiedId &Id, 01025 bool HasTrailingLParen, 01026 bool isAddressOfOperand) { 01027 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && 01028 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen"); 01029 01030 if (SS.isInvalid()) 01031 return ExprError(); 01032 01033 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; 01034 01035 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. 01036 DeclarationName Name; 01037 SourceLocation NameLoc; 01038 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; 01039 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, 01040 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs); 01041 01042 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 01043 01044 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: 01045 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: 01046 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, 01047 // (note: handled after lookup) 01048 // -- a template-id that is dependent, 01049 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) 01050 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, 01051 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that 01052 // names a dependent type. 01053 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; 01054 // we need to handle these differently. 01055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && 01056 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) || 01057 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) { 01058 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc, 01059 isAddressOfOperand, 01060 TemplateArgs); 01061 } 01062 01063 // Perform the required lookup. 01064 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 01065 if (TemplateArgs) { 01066 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName. 01067 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id); 01068 } else { 01069 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()); 01070 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp); 01071 01072 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do 01073 // some special Objective-C lookup, too. 01074 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { 01075 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true)); 01076 if (E.isInvalid()) 01077 return ExprError(); 01078 01079 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>(); 01080 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex); 01081 } 01082 } 01083 01084 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 01085 return ExprError(); 01086 01087 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for 01088 // argument-dependent lookup. 01089 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); 01090 01091 if (R.empty() && !ADL) { 01092 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal 01093 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++). 01094 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 01095 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S); 01096 if (D) R.addDecl(D); 01097 } 01098 01099 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function 01100 // call, diagnose the problem. 01101 if (R.empty()) { 01102 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R)) 01103 return ExprError(); 01104 01105 assert(!R.empty() && 01106 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results"); 01107 01108 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 01109 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 01110 // reference the ivar. 01111 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 01112 R.clear(); 01113 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 01114 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get()); 01115 return move(E); 01116 } 01117 } 01118 } 01119 01120 // This is guaranteed from this point on. 01121 assert(!R.empty() || ADL); 01122 01123 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) { 01124 // Warn about constructs like: 01125 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }. 01126 // In the else block, the pointer is always false. 01127 01128 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) { 01129 Scope *CheckS = S; 01130 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) { 01131 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() && 01132 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) { 01133 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero) 01134 << Var->getDeclName() 01135 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 : 01136 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0)); 01137 break; 01138 } 01139 01140 // Move to the parent of this scope. 01141 CheckS = CheckS->getParent(); 01142 } 01143 } 01144 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) { 01145 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) { 01146 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a 01147 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only 01148 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing 01149 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function 01150 // type. 01151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc)) 01152 return ExprError(); 01153 01154 QualType T = Func->getType(); 01155 QualType NoProtoType = T; 01156 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 01157 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType()); 01158 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS); 01159 } 01160 } 01161 01162 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. 01163 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6: 01164 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an 01165 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a 01166 // class member access expression. 01167 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even 01168 // though we don't parse it that way. 01169 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { 01170 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty()); 01171 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer) 01172 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs); 01173 } 01174 01175 if (TemplateArgs) 01176 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs); 01177 01178 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL); 01179 } 01180 01181 /// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression. 01182 Sema::OwningExprResult 01183 Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01184 LookupResult &R, 01185 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { 01186 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) { 01187 case IMA_Instance: 01188 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true); 01189 01190 case IMA_AnonymousMember: 01191 assert(R.isSingleResult()); 01192 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(), 01193 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()); 01194 01195 case IMA_Mixed: 01196 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated: 01197 case IMA_Unresolved: 01198 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false); 01199 01200 case IMA_Static: 01201 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext: 01202 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext: 01203 if (TemplateArgs) 01204 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs); 01205 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); 01206 01207 case IMA_Error_StaticContext: 01208 case IMA_Error_Unrelated: 01209 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R); 01210 return ExprError(); 01211 } 01212 01213 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind"); 01214 return ExprError(); 01215 } 01216 01217 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified 01218 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. 01219 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along 01220 /// this path. 01221 Sema::OwningExprResult 01222 Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01223 DeclarationName Name, 01224 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 01225 DeclContext *DC; 01226 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 01227 DC->isDependentContext() || 01228 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) 01229 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0); 01230 01231 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 01232 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); 01233 01234 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 01235 return ExprError(); 01236 01237 if (R.empty()) { 01238 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 01239 return ExprError(); 01240 } 01241 01242 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false); 01243 } 01244 01245 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has 01246 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some 01247 /// additional lookup. 01248 /// 01249 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's 01250 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. 01251 /// 01252 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success. 01253 Sema::OwningExprResult 01254 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, 01255 IdentifierInfo *II, 01256 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { 01257 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); 01258 01259 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, 01260 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have 01261 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. 01262 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with 01263 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. 01264 01265 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for 01266 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an 01267 // ivar, that's an error. 01268 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod(); 01269 01270 bool LookForIvars; 01271 if (Lookup.empty()) 01272 LookForIvars = true; 01273 else if (IsClassMethod) 01274 LookForIvars = false; 01275 else 01276 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && 01277 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); 01278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0; 01279 if (LookForIvars) { 01280 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface(); 01281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 01282 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { 01283 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. 01284 if (IsClassMethod) 01285 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method) 01286 << IV->getDeclName()); 01287 01288 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent 01289 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. 01290 if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) 01291 return ExprError(); 01292 01293 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). 01294 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) 01295 return ExprError(); 01296 01297 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. 01298 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && 01299 ClassDeclared != IFace) 01300 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); 01301 01302 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't 01303 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. 01304 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); 01305 UnqualifiedId SelfName; 01306 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation()); 01307 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; 01308 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, 01309 SelfName, false, false); 01310 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV); 01311 return Owned(new (Context) 01312 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, 01313 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true)); 01314 } 01315 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) { 01316 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. 01317 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface(); 01318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 01319 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { 01320 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || 01321 IFace == ClassDeclared) 01322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); 01323 } 01324 } 01325 01326 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation. 01327 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) { 01328 QualType T; 01329 01330 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) 01331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType( 01332 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface())); 01333 else 01334 T = Context.getObjCClassType(); 01335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T)); 01336 } 01337 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) { 01338 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName. 01339 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) { 01340 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 01341 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) { 01342 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID, 01343 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(), 01344 Lookup.getNameLoc()); 01345 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D); 01346 } 01347 } 01348 } 01349 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 && LookForIvars && Lookup.empty()) { 01350 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = SynthesizeNewPropertyIvar(IFace, II); 01351 if (Ivar) 01352 return LookupInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation); 01353 } 01354 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. 01355 return Owned((Expr*) 0); 01356 } 01357 01358 /// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary. 01359 bool 01360 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, 01361 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 01362 NamedDecl *Member) { 01363 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); 01364 if (!RD) 01365 return false; 01366 01367 QualType DestRecordType; 01368 QualType DestType; 01369 QualType FromRecordType; 01370 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 01371 bool PointerConversions = false; 01372 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) { 01373 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); 01374 01375 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 01376 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType); 01377 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); 01378 PointerConversions = true; 01379 } else { 01380 DestType = DestRecordType; 01381 FromRecordType = FromType; 01382 } 01383 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) { 01384 if (Method->isStatic()) 01385 return false; 01386 01387 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context); 01388 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType(); 01389 01390 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 01391 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); 01392 PointerConversions = true; 01393 } else { 01394 FromRecordType = FromType; 01395 DestType = DestRecordType; 01396 } 01397 } else { 01398 // No conversion necessary. 01399 return false; 01400 } 01401 01402 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) 01403 return false; 01404 01405 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. 01406 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) 01407 return false; 01408 01409 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: 01410 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its 01411 // class name. 01412 // 01413 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a 01414 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type 01415 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows 01416 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: 01417 // 01418 // class Base { public: int x; }; 01419 // class Derived1 : public Base { }; 01420 // class Derived2 : public Base { }; 01421 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; 01422 // 01423 // void VeryDerived::f() { 01424 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects 01425 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 01426 // } 01427 QualType IntermediateRecordType; 01428 QualType IntermediateType; 01429 if (Qualifier) { 01430 if (const RecordType *IntermediateRecord 01431 = Qualifier->getAsType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 01432 IntermediateRecordType = QualType(IntermediateRecord, 0); 01433 IntermediateType = IntermediateRecordType; 01434 if (PointerConversions) 01435 IntermediateType = Context.getPointerType(IntermediateType); 01436 } 01437 } 01438 01439 if (!IntermediateType.isNull() && 01440 IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, IntermediateRecordType) && 01441 IsDerivedFrom(IntermediateRecordType, DestRecordType)) { 01442 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, IntermediateRecordType, 01443 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 01444 From->getSourceRange()) || 01445 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(IntermediateRecordType, DestRecordType, 01446 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 01447 From->getSourceRange())) 01448 return true; 01449 01450 ImpCastExprToType(From, IntermediateType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase, 01451 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions); 01452 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase, 01453 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions); 01454 return false; 01455 } 01456 01457 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, 01458 DestRecordType, 01459 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 01460 From->getSourceRange())) 01461 return true; 01462 01463 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase, 01464 /*isLvalue=*/true); 01465 return false; 01466 } 01467 01468 /// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node. 01469 static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow, 01470 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member, 01471 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty, 01472 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) { 01473 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; 01474 SourceRange QualifierRange; 01475 if (SS.isSet()) { 01476 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(); 01477 QualifierRange = SS.getRange(); 01478 } 01479 01480 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange, 01481 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty); 01482 } 01483 01484 /// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context 01485 /// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup 01486 /// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which 01487 /// is from an appropriate type. 01488 Sema::OwningExprResult 01489 Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01490 LookupResult &R, 01491 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 01492 bool IsKnownInstance) { 01493 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous()); 01494 01495 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); 01496 01497 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct 01498 // (C++ [class.union]). 01499 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference? 01500 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs? 01501 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) 01502 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 01503 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD); 01504 01505 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a 01506 // 'this' expression now. 01507 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context); 01508 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access 01509 if (IsKnownInstance) { 01510 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); 01511 if (SS.getRange().isValid()) 01512 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin(); 01513 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true); 01514 } 01515 01516 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType, 01517 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 01518 /*IsArrow*/ true, 01519 SS, 01520 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0, 01521 R, TemplateArgs); 01522 } 01523 01524 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01525 const LookupResult &R, 01526 bool HasTrailingLParen) { 01527 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. 01528 if (!HasTrailingLParen) 01529 return false; 01530 01531 // Never if a scope specifier was provided. 01532 if (SS.isSet()) 01533 return false; 01534 01535 // Only in C++ or ObjC++. 01536 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 01537 return false; 01538 01539 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during 01540 // normal lookup: 01541 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 01542 NamedDecl *D = *I; 01543 01544 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 01545 // -- a declaration of a class member 01546 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the 01547 // original decl. 01548 if (D->isCXXClassMember()) 01549 return false; 01550 01551 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 01552 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a 01553 // using-declaration 01554 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we 01555 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types 01556 // turn off ADL anyway). 01557 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) 01558 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); 01559 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 01560 return false; 01561 01562 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 01563 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function 01564 // template 01565 // And also for builtin functions. 01566 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 01567 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 01568 01569 // But also builtin functions. 01570 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) 01571 return false; 01572 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 01573 return false; 01574 } 01575 01576 return true; 01577 } 01578 01579 01580 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration 01581 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that 01582 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration 01583 /// will in fact be used. 01584 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { 01585 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) { 01586 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); 01587 return true; 01588 } 01589 01590 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 01591 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); 01592 return true; 01593 } 01594 01595 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { 01596 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); 01597 return true; 01598 } 01599 01600 return false; 01601 } 01602 01603 Sema::OwningExprResult 01604 Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01605 LookupResult &R, 01606 bool NeedsADL) { 01607 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, 01608 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. 01609 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>()) 01610 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()); 01611 01612 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one 01613 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be 01614 // functions and function templates. 01615 if (R.isSingleResult() && 01616 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) 01617 return ExprError(); 01618 01619 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress 01620 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when 01621 // we've picked a target. 01622 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 01623 01624 bool Dependent 01625 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0); 01626 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE 01627 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(), 01628 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(), 01629 SS.getRange(), 01630 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), 01631 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult()); 01632 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end()); 01633 01634 return Owned(ULE); 01635 } 01636 01637 01638 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. 01639 Sema::OwningExprResult 01640 Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 01641 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { 01642 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration"); 01643 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && 01644 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template"); 01645 01646 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) 01647 return ExprError(); 01648 01649 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) { 01650 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing 01651 // a template argument list. 01652 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) 01653 << Template << SS.getRange(); 01654 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 01655 return ExprError(); 01656 } 01657 01658 // Make sure that we're referring to a value. 01659 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 01660 if (!VD) { 01661 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) 01662 << D << SS.getRange(); 01663 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 01664 return ExprError(); 01665 } 01666 01667 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress 01668 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup 01669 // on this function name, because this might not be the function 01670 // that overload resolution actually selects. 01671 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc)) 01672 return ExprError(); 01673 01674 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. 01675 if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) 01676 return ExprError(); 01677 01678 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value 01679 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a 01680 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when 01681 // the block is formed. 01682 // 01683 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc, 01684 // as they do not get snapshotted. 01685 // 01686 if (getCurBlock() && 01687 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) { 01688 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 01689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); 01690 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 01691 return ExprError(); 01692 } 01693 01694 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType() && !VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 01695 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); 01696 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 01697 return ExprError(); 01698 } 01699 01700 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD); 01701 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 01702 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference. 01703 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 01704 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true)); 01705 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added. 01706 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified(); 01707 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure. 01708 01709 ExprTy.addConst(); 01710 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false, 01711 constAdded)); 01712 } 01713 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is 01714 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr. 01715 01716 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS); 01717 } 01718 01719 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 01720 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 01721 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT; 01722 01723 switch (Kind) { 01724 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!"); 01725 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] 01726 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; 01727 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; 01728 } 01729 01730 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the 01731 // string. 01732 01733 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 01734 if (!currentDecl) { 01735 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); 01736 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 01737 } 01738 01739 QualType ResTy; 01740 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) { 01741 ResTy = Context.DependentTy; 01742 } else { 01743 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length(); 01744 01745 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); 01746 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst(); 01747 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 01748 } 01749 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT)); 01750 } 01751 01752 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) { 01753 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer; 01754 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer); 01755 01756 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), 01757 PP); 01758 if (Literal.hadError()) 01759 return ExprError(); 01760 01761 QualType Ty; 01762 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 01763 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C. 01764 else if (Literal.isWide()) 01765 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++. 01766 else if (Literal.isMultiChar()) 01767 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++. 01768 else 01769 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++ 01770 01771 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), 01772 Literal.isWide(), 01773 Ty, Tok.getLocation())); 01774 } 01775 01776 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) { 01777 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit 01778 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix. 01779 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { 01780 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); 01781 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 01782 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'), 01783 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation())); 01784 } 01785 01786 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer; 01787 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character. 01788 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1); 01789 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0]; 01790 01791 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. 01792 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin); 01793 01794 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, 01795 Tok.getLocation(), PP); 01796 if (Literal.hadError) 01797 return ExprError(); 01798 01799 Expr *Res; 01800 01801 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { 01802 QualType Ty; 01803 if (Literal.isFloat) 01804 Ty = Context.FloatTy; 01805 else if (!Literal.isLong) 01806 Ty = Context.DoubleTy; 01807 else 01808 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; 01809 01810 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); 01811 01812 using llvm::APFloat; 01813 APFloat Val(Format); 01814 01815 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val); 01816 01817 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if 01818 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). 01819 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || 01820 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { 01821 unsigned diagnostic; 01822 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer; 01823 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { 01824 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; 01825 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer); 01826 } else { 01827 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; 01828 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer); 01829 } 01830 01831 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic) 01832 << Ty 01833 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); 01834 } 01835 01836 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); 01837 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); 01838 01839 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { 01840 return ExprError(); 01841 } else { 01842 QualType Ty; 01843 01844 // long long is a C99 feature. 01845 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 01846 Literal.isLongLong) 01847 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong); 01848 01849 // Get the value in the widest-possible width. 01850 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0); 01851 01852 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { 01853 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull. 01854 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large); 01855 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 01856 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && 01857 "long long is not intmax_t?"); 01858 } else { 01859 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into 01860 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. 01861 01862 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to 01863 // be an unsigned int. 01864 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; 01865 01866 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. 01867 unsigned Width = 0; 01868 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) { 01869 // Are int/unsigned possibilities? 01870 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 01871 01872 // Does it fit in a unsigned int? 01873 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { 01874 // Does it fit in a signed int? 01875 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) 01876 Ty = Context.IntTy; 01877 else if (AllowUnsigned) 01878 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 01879 Width = IntSize; 01880 } 01881 } 01882 01883 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? 01884 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) { 01885 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 01886 01887 // Does it fit in a unsigned long? 01888 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { 01889 // Does it fit in a signed long? 01890 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) 01891 Ty = Context.LongTy; 01892 else if (AllowUnsigned) 01893 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 01894 Width = LongSize; 01895 } 01896 } 01897 01898 // Finally, check long long if needed. 01899 if (Ty.isNull()) { 01900 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 01901 01902 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? 01903 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { 01904 // Does it fit in a signed long long? 01905 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0) 01906 Ty = Context.LongLongTy; 01907 else if (AllowUnsigned) 01908 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 01909 Width = LongLongSize; 01910 } 01911 } 01912 01913 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that 01914 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix. 01915 if (Ty.isNull()) { 01916 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed); 01917 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 01918 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 01919 } 01920 01921 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) 01922 ResultVal.trunc(Width); 01923 } 01924 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); 01925 } 01926 01927 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. 01928 if (Literal.isImaginary) 01929 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, 01930 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); 01931 01932 return Owned(Res); 01933 } 01934 01935 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, 01936 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) { 01937 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>(); 01938 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr"); 01939 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E)); 01940 } 01941 01942 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. 01943 /// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details. 01944 bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType, 01945 SourceLocation OpLoc, 01946 const SourceRange &ExprRange, 01947 bool isSizeof) { 01948 if (exprType->isDependentType()) 01949 return false; 01950 01951 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type, 01952 // the result is the size of the referenced type." 01953 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the 01954 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type." 01955 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 01956 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); 01957 01958 // C99 6.5.3.4p1: 01959 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) { 01960 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. 01961 if (isSizeof) 01962 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange; 01963 return false; 01964 } 01965 01966 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension. 01967 if (exprType->isVoidType()) { 01968 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) 01969 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange; 01970 return false; 01971 } 01972 01973 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType, 01974 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type) 01975 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange)) 01976 return true; 01977 01978 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode. 01979 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) { 01980 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) 01981 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange; 01982 return true; 01983 } 01984 01985 return false; 01986 } 01987 01988 bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 01989 const SourceRange &ExprRange) { 01990 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 01991 01992 // alignof decl is always ok. 01993 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 01994 return false; 01995 01996 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. 01997 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 01998 return false; 01999 02000 if (E->getBitField()) { 02001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange; 02002 return true; 02003 } 02004 02005 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a 02006 // bit-field. 02007 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 02008 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 02009 return false; 02010 02011 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false); 02012 } 02013 02014 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. 02015 Action::OwningExprResult 02016 Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 02017 SourceLocation OpLoc, 02018 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { 02019 if (!TInfo) 02020 return ExprError(); 02021 02022 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 02023 02024 if (!T->isDependentType() && 02025 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf)) 02026 return ExprError(); 02027 02028 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. 02029 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo, 02030 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, 02031 R.getEnd())); 02032 } 02033 02034 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression 02035 /// operand. 02036 Action::OwningExprResult 02037 Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 02038 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { 02039 // Verify that the operand is valid. 02040 bool isInvalid = false; 02041 if (E->isTypeDependent()) { 02042 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 02043 } else if (!isSizeOf) { 02044 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R); 02045 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. 02046 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0; 02047 isInvalid = true; 02048 } else { 02049 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true); 02050 } 02051 02052 if (isInvalid) 02053 return ExprError(); 02054 02055 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. 02056 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E, 02057 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, 02058 R.getEnd())); 02059 } 02060 02061 /// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and 02062 /// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof 02063 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. 02064 Action::OwningExprResult 02065 Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType, 02066 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) { 02067 // If error parsing type, ignore. 02068 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError(); 02069 02070 if (isType) { 02071 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 02072 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo); 02073 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange); 02074 } 02075 02076 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; 02077 Action::OwningExprResult Result 02078 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange()); 02079 02080 if (Result.isInvalid()) 02081 DeleteExpr(ArgEx); 02082 02083 return move(Result); 02084 } 02085 02086 QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) { 02087 if (V->isTypeDependent()) 02088 return Context.DependentTy; 02089 02090 // These operators return the element type of a complex type. 02091 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) 02092 return CT->getElementType(); 02093 02094 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. 02095 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 02096 return V->getType(); 02097 02098 // Reject anything else. 02099 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType() 02100 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); 02101 return QualType(); 02102 } 02103 02104 02105 02106 Action::OwningExprResult 02107 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 02108 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) { 02109 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; 02110 switch (Kind) { 02111 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); 02112 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break; 02113 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break; 02114 } 02115 02116 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input)); 02117 } 02118 02119 Action::OwningExprResult 02120 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 02121 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { 02122 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 02123 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base)); 02124 02125 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()), 02126 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); 02127 02128 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 02129 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) { 02130 Base.release(); 02131 Idx.release(); 02132 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, 02133 Context.DependentTy, RLoc)); 02134 } 02135 02136 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 02137 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || 02138 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() || 02139 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || 02140 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) { 02141 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx)); 02142 } 02143 02144 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc); 02145 } 02146 02147 02148 Action::OwningExprResult 02149 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 02150 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { 02151 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()); 02152 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); 02153 02154 // Perform default conversions. 02155 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) 02156 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp); 02157 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp); 02158 02159 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); 02160 02161 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent 02162 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be 02163 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base 02164 // and index from the expression types. 02165 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; 02166 QualType ResultType; 02167 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { 02168 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 02169 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 02170 ResultType = Context.DependentTy; 02171 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 02172 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 02173 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 02174 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 02175 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 02176 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". 02177 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 02178 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 02179 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 02180 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = 02181 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 02182 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 02183 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 02184 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 02185 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = 02186 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 02187 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". 02188 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 02189 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 02190 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 02191 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 02192 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] 02193 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 02194 02195 // FIXME: need to deal with const... 02196 ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); 02197 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { 02198 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by 02199 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that 02200 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't 02201 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then 02202 // force the promotion here. 02203 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << 02204 LHSExp->getSourceRange(); 02205 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), 02206 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); 02207 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); 02208 02209 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 02210 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 02211 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 02212 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { 02213 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case 02214 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << 02215 RHSExp->getSourceRange(); 02216 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), 02217 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); 02218 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); 02219 02220 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 02221 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 02222 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 02223 } else { 02224 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) 02225 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); 02226 } 02227 // C99 6.5.2.1p1 02228 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && 02229 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) 02230 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) 02231 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 02232 02233 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || 02234 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) 02235 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) 02236 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); 02237 02238 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, 02239 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object 02240 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) 02241 // incomplete types are not object types. 02242 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { 02243 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) 02244 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 02245 return ExprError(); 02246 } 02247 02248 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && 02249 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, 02250 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type) 02251 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) 02252 return ExprError(); 02253 02254 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 02255 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 02256 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) 02257 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 02258 return ExprError(); 02259 } 02260 02261 Base.release(); 02262 Idx.release(); 02263 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, 02264 ResultType, RLoc)); 02265 } 02266 02267 QualType Sema:: 02268 CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 02269 const IdentifierInfo *CompName, 02270 SourceLocation CompLoc) { 02271 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements, 02272 // see FIXME there. 02273 // 02274 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along 02275 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking. 02276 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>(); 02277 02278 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements. 02279 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); 02280 02281 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four 02282 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are 02283 // to be selected. 02284 bool HalvingSwizzle = false; 02285 02286 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix, 02287 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices. 02288 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S'; 02289 02290 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component 02291 // names must come from the same set. 02292 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") || 02293 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) { 02294 HalvingSwizzle = true; 02295 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { 02296 do 02297 compStr++; 02298 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); 02299 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { 02300 do 02301 compStr++; 02302 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); 02303 } 02304 02305 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) { 02306 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names 02307 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name. 02308 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal) 02309 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc); 02310 return QualType(); 02311 } 02312 02313 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it 02314 // operates on. 02315 if (!HalvingSwizzle) { 02316 compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); 02317 02318 if (HexSwizzle) 02319 compStr++; 02320 02321 while (*compStr) { 02322 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) { 02323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length) 02324 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc); 02325 return QualType(); 02326 } 02327 } 02328 } 02329 02330 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type. 02331 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example, 02332 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc. 02333 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc. 02334 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2. 02335 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2 02336 : CompName->getLength(); 02337 if (HexSwizzle) 02338 CompSize--; 02339 02340 if (CompSize == 1) 02341 return vecType->getElementType(); 02342 02343 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize); 02344 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this, 02345 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in. 02346 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) { 02347 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT) 02348 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]); 02349 } 02350 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found). 02351 } 02352 02353 static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl, 02354 IdentifierInfo *Member, 02355 const Selector &Sel, 02356 ASTContext &Context) { 02357 02358 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) 02359 return PD; 02360 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) 02361 return OMD; 02362 02363 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(), 02364 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) { 02365 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, 02366 Context)) 02367 return D; 02368 } 02369 return 0; 02370 } 02371 02372 static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy, 02373 IdentifierInfo *Member, 02374 const Selector &Sel, 02375 ASTContext &Context) { 02376 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. 02377 Decl *GDecl = 0; 02378 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), 02379 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 02380 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { 02381 GDecl = PD; 02382 break; 02383 } 02384 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. 02385 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) { 02386 GDecl = OMD; 02387 break; 02388 } 02389 } 02390 if (!GDecl) { 02391 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), 02392 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 02393 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol. 02394 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context); 02395 if (GDecl) 02396 return GDecl; 02397 } 02398 } 02399 return GDecl; 02400 } 02401 02402 Sema::OwningExprResult 02403 Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType, 02404 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 02405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 02406 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 02407 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 02408 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { 02409 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>(); 02410 02411 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with 02412 // obviously wrong types, e.g.: 02413 // 02414 // T* t; 02415 // t.f; 02416 // 02417 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be 02418 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check 02419 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer. 02420 if (!IsArrow) { 02421 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>(); 02422 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 || 02423 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) { 02424 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses"); 02425 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union) 02426 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 02427 return ExprError(); 02428 } 02429 } 02430 02431 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()); 02432 02433 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr 02434 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee. 02435 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType, 02436 IsArrow, OpLoc, 02437 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 02438 SS.getRange(), 02439 FirstQualifierInScope, 02440 Name, NameLoc, 02441 TemplateArgs)); 02442 } 02443 02444 /// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to 02445 /// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base 02446 /// expression. Diagnose the problem. 02447 static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef, 02448 Expr *BaseExpr, 02449 QualType BaseType, 02450 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 02451 const LookupResult &R) { 02452 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of 02453 // diagnostics. 02454 if (!BaseExpr) 02455 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R); 02456 02457 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more 02458 // complicated cases here. 02459 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext(); 02460 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual) 02461 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType; 02462 } 02463 02464 // Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name 02465 // specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base 02466 // type. The restriction here is: 02467 // 02468 // C++ [expr.ref]p2: 02469 // ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a 02470 // member of the class or of one of its base classes. 02471 // 02472 // So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name 02473 // an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including 02474 // decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl 02475 // we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass. 02476 bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, 02477 QualType BaseType, 02478 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 02479 const LookupResult &R) { 02480 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>(); 02481 if (!BaseRT) { 02482 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still 02483 // dependent. 02484 assert(BaseType->isDependentType()); 02485 return false; 02486 } 02487 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 02488 02489 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 02490 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a 02491 // non-instance member, it's not an error. 02492 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 02493 return false; 02494 02495 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl. 02496 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext()); 02497 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 02498 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent()); 02499 02500 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord; 02501 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl()); 02502 02503 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord)) 02504 return false; 02505 } 02506 02507 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R); 02508 return true; 02509 } 02510 02511 static bool 02512 LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 02513 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy, 02514 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) { 02515 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 02516 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0), 02517 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag) 02518 << BaseRange)) 02519 return true; 02520 02521 DeclContext *DC = RDecl; 02522 if (SS.isSet()) { 02523 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the 02524 // nested-name-specifier. 02525 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); 02526 02527 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) { 02528 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag) 02529 << SS.getRange() << DC; 02530 return true; 02531 } 02532 02533 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup"); 02534 02535 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) { 02536 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass) 02537 << DC << SS.getRange(); 02538 return true; 02539 } 02540 } 02541 02542 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member. 02543 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); 02544 02545 if (!R.empty()) 02546 return false; 02547 02548 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct 02549 // for typos. 02550 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 02551 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) && 02552 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) { 02553 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) 02554 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange() 02555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), 02556 R.getLookupName().getAsString()); 02557 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) 02558 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 02559 << ND->getDeclName(); 02560 return false; 02561 } else { 02562 R.clear(); 02563 } 02564 02565 return false; 02566 } 02567 02568 Sema::OwningExprResult 02569 Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType, 02570 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 02571 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 02572 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 02573 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 02574 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { 02575 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>(); 02576 02577 if (BaseType->isDependentType() || 02578 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS))) 02579 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType, 02580 IsArrow, OpLoc, 02581 SS, FirstQualifierInScope, 02582 Name, NameLoc, 02583 TemplateArgs); 02584 02585 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName); 02586 02587 // Implicit member accesses. 02588 if (!Base) { 02589 QualType RecordTy = BaseType; 02590 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 02591 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(), 02592 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(), 02593 OpLoc, SS)) 02594 return ExprError(); 02595 02596 // Explicit member accesses. 02597 } else { 02598 OwningExprResult Result = 02599 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc, 02600 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy()); 02601 02602 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 02603 Owned(Base); 02604 return ExprError(); 02605 } 02606 02607 if (Result.get()) 02608 return move(Result); 02609 } 02610 02611 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType, 02612 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope, 02613 R, TemplateArgs); 02614 } 02615 02616 Sema::OwningExprResult 02617 Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType, 02618 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 02619 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 02620 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 02621 LookupResult &R, 02622 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { 02623 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>(); 02624 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType; 02625 if (IsArrow) { 02626 assert(BaseType->isPointerType()); 02627 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 02628 } 02629 02630 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 02631 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 02632 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName(); 02633 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc(); 02634 02635 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 02636 return ExprError(); 02637 02638 if (R.empty()) { 02639 // Rederive where we looked up. 02640 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet() 02641 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false) 02642 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 02643 02644 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 02645 << MemberName << DC 02646 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); 02647 return ExprError(); 02648 } 02649 02650 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base 02651 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may 02652 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member 02653 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus 02654 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for 02655 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those 02656 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution. 02657 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr || 02658 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) && 02659 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) && 02660 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R)) 02661 return ExprError(); 02662 02663 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved 02664 // result. 02665 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) { 02666 bool Dependent = 02667 BaseExprType->isDependentType() || 02668 R.isUnresolvableResult() || 02669 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs); 02670 02671 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we 02672 // pick a member. 02673 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 02674 02675 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr 02676 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, 02677 R.isUnresolvableResult(), 02678 BaseExpr, BaseExprType, 02679 IsArrow, OpLoc, 02680 Qualifier, SS.getRange(), 02681 MemberName, MemberLoc, 02682 TemplateArgs); 02683 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end()); 02684 02685 return Owned(MemExpr); 02686 } 02687 02688 assert(R.isSingleResult()); 02689 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 02690 02691 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now. 02692 02693 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this 02694 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading 02695 // error cases. 02696 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 02697 return ExprError(); 02698 02699 // Handle the implicit-member-access case. 02700 if (!BaseExpr) { 02701 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access. 02702 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl)) 02703 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl); 02704 02705 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); 02706 if (SS.getRange().isValid()) 02707 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin(); 02708 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true); 02709 } 02710 02711 bool ShouldCheckUse = true; 02712 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 02713 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's 02714 // explicitly qualified. 02715 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet()) 02716 ShouldCheckUse = false; 02717 } 02718 02719 // Check the use of this member. 02720 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) { 02721 Owned(BaseExpr); 02722 return ExprError(); 02723 } 02724 02725 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 02726 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct 02727 // (C++ [class.union]). 02728 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 02729 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 02730 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD, 02731 BaseExpr, OpLoc); 02732 02733 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref] 02734 QualType MemberType = FD->getType(); 02735 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 02736 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType(); 02737 else { 02738 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); 02739 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); 02740 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst(); 02741 02742 Qualifiers MemberQuals 02743 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); 02744 02745 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; 02746 if (Combined != MemberQuals) 02747 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined); 02748 } 02749 02750 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD); 02751 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FD)) 02752 return ExprError(); 02753 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, 02754 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType)); 02755 } 02756 02757 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 02758 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var); 02759 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, 02760 Var, MemberLoc, 02761 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType())); 02762 } 02763 02764 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 02765 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); 02766 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, 02767 MemberFn, MemberLoc, 02768 MemberFn->getType())); 02769 } 02770 02771 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) { 02772 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); 02773 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS, 02774 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType())); 02775 } 02776 02777 Owned(BaseExpr); 02778 02779 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl)) 02780 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type) 02781 << MemberName << int(IsArrow)); 02782 02783 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a 02784 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer 02785 // to this member with '.' or '->'. 02786 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, 02787 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown) 02788 << MemberName << int(IsArrow)); 02789 } 02790 02791 /// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent 02792 /// expression. This can return in one of two ways: 02793 /// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will 02794 /// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into 02795 /// the provided structure. It will take over from there. 02796 /// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of 02797 /// an ordinary member expression. 02798 /// 02799 /// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly 02800 /// fixed for ObjC++. 02801 Sema::OwningExprResult 02802 Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr, 02803 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 02804 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 02805 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) { 02806 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression"); 02807 02808 // Perform default conversions. 02809 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); 02810 02811 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); 02812 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType()); 02813 02814 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName(); 02815 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc(); 02816 02817 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer 02818 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that 02819 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the 02820 // call, and continue on. 02821 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 02822 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun 02823 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 02824 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType(); 02825 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 && 02826 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) || 02827 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() && 02828 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType() 02829 ->isRecordType()))) { 02830 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd()); 02831 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call) 02832 << QualType(Fun, 0) 02833 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()"); 02834 02835 OwningExprResult NewBase 02836 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc, 02837 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc); 02838 if (NewBase.isInvalid()) 02839 return ExprError(); 02840 02841 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>(); 02842 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); 02843 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); 02844 } 02845 } 02846 } 02847 02848 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then 02849 // use that. 02850 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) { 02851 if (IsArrow) { 02852 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa. 02853 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 02854 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 02855 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) && 02856 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa")) 02857 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc, 02858 Context.getObjCClassType())); 02859 } 02860 } 02861 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this 02862 // is a reference to 'isa'. 02863 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) { 02864 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType; 02865 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 02866 } 02867 } 02868 02869 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then 02870 // use that. 02871 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) { 02872 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this 02873 // is a reference to 'sel_id'. 02874 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) { 02875 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType; 02876 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 02877 } 02878 } 02879 02880 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression"); 02881 02882 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types. 02883 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) { 02884 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. 02885 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 02886 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 02887 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) { 02888 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 02889 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter; 02890 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation. 02891 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) { 02892 // Check the use of this method. 02893 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) 02894 return ExprError(); 02895 } 02896 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we 02897 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. 02898 Selector SetterSel = 02899 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), 02900 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); 02901 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel); 02902 if (!Setter) { 02903 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' 02904 // methods. 02905 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 02906 } 02907 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. 02908 if (!Setter) 02909 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel); 02910 02911 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) 02912 return ExprError(); 02913 02914 if (Getter || Setter) { 02915 QualType PType; 02916 02917 if (Getter) 02918 PType = Getter->getResultType(); 02919 else 02920 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter. 02921 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType(); 02922 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type. 02923 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, 02924 PType, 02925 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 02926 } 02927 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) 02928 << MemberName << BaseType); 02929 } 02930 } 02931 02932 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() && 02933 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) { 02934 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType; 02935 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 02936 } 02937 02938 if (IsArrow) { 02939 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 02940 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType(); 02941 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 02942 ; 02943 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 02944 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.: 02945 // struct MyRecord foo; 02946 // foo->bar 02947 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an 02948 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with 02949 // by now. 02950 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 02951 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() 02952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 02953 IsArrow = false; 02954 } else { 02955 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 02956 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 02957 return ExprError(); 02958 } 02959 } else { 02960 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.: 02961 // type *foo; 02962 // foo.bar 02963 // This is actually well-formed in two cases: 02964 // - 'type' is an Objective C type 02965 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to 02966 // the appropriate pointer type 02967 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 02968 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>(); 02969 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) { 02970 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 02971 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() 02972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); 02973 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType(); 02974 IsArrow = true; 02975 } 02976 } 02977 } 02978 02979 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access 02980 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct. 02981 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 02982 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(), 02983 RTy, OpLoc, SS)) 02984 return ExprError(); 02985 return Owned((Expr*) 0); 02986 } 02987 02988 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and 02989 // (*Obj).ivar. 02990 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || 02991 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) { 02992 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 02993 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = 02994 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 02995 if (IFaceT) { 02996 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 02997 02998 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl(); 02999 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 03000 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); 03001 03002 if (!IV) { 03003 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names. 03004 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), 03005 LookupMemberName); 03006 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) && 03007 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) { 03008 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), 03009 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest) 03010 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName() 03011 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), 03012 IV->getNameAsString()); 03013 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 03014 << IV->getDeclName(); 03015 } 03016 } 03017 03018 if (IV) { 03019 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this 03020 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading 03021 // error cases. 03022 if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) 03023 return ExprError(); 03024 03025 // Check whether we can reference this field. 03026 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc)) 03027 return ExprError(); 03028 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public && 03029 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) { 03030 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0; 03031 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) 03032 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface(); 03033 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) { 03034 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation. 03035 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation 03036 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass 03037 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context 03038 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the 03039 // AST for a function decl. 03040 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>(); 03041 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD = 03042 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl)) 03043 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface(); 03044 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass = 03045 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl)) 03046 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface(); 03047 } 03048 03049 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) { 03050 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl || 03051 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared) 03052 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) 03053 << IV->getDeclName(); 03054 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl)) 03055 // @protected 03056 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) 03057 << IV->getDeclName(); 03058 } 03059 03060 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), 03061 MemberLoc, BaseExpr, 03062 IsArrow)); 03063 } 03064 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar) 03065 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName 03066 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); 03067 } 03068 } 03069 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id". 03070 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() || 03071 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) { 03072 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 03073 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 03074 03075 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. 03076 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 03077 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) { 03078 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) { 03079 // Check the use of this declaration 03080 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) 03081 return ExprError(); 03082 03083 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), 03084 MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 03085 } 03086 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) { 03087 // Check the use of this method. 03088 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc)) 03089 return ExprError(); 03090 03091 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel, 03092 OMD->getResultType(), 03093 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, 03094 NULL, 0)); 03095 } 03096 } 03097 03098 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) 03099 << MemberName << BaseType); 03100 } 03101 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a 03102 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type. 03103 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT; 03104 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) { 03105 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType(); 03106 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); 03107 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 03108 03109 // Search for a declared property first. 03110 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { 03111 // Check whether we can reference this property. 03112 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) 03113 return ExprError(); 03114 QualType ResTy = PD->getType(); 03115 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 03116 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); 03117 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc)) 03118 ResTy = Getter->getResultType(); 03119 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy, 03120 MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 03121 } 03122 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. 03123 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 03124 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) 03125 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { 03126 // Check whether we can reference this property. 03127 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) 03128 return ExprError(); 03129 03130 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), 03131 MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 03132 } 03133 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary 03134 // selector is implemented. 03135 03136 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be 03137 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage. 03138 03139 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); 03140 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); 03141 03142 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods. 03143 if (!Getter) 03144 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel); 03145 03146 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. 03147 if (!Getter) 03148 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel); 03149 if (Getter) { 03150 // Check if we can reference this property. 03151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) 03152 return ExprError(); 03153 } 03154 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we 03155 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. 03156 Selector SetterSel = 03157 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), 03158 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); 03159 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 03160 if (!Setter) { 03161 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' 03162 // methods. 03163 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 03164 } 03165 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. 03166 if (!Setter) 03167 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel); 03168 03169 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) 03170 return ExprError(); 03171 03172 if (Getter) { 03173 QualType PType; 03174 PType = Getter->getResultType(); 03175 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType, 03176 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); 03177 } 03178 03179 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names. 03180 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), 03181 LookupOrdinaryName); 03182 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) && 03183 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) { 03184 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest) 03185 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName() 03186 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), 03187 Res.getLookupName().getAsString()); 03188 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>(); 03189 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 03190 << Property->getDeclName(); 03191 03192 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS, 03193 ObjCImpDecl); 03194 } 03195 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) 03196 << MemberName << BaseType; 03197 if (Setter && !Getter) 03198 Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable) 03199 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 03200 return ExprError(); 03201 } 03202 03203 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa. 03204 if (!IsArrow && 03205 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) && 03206 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa")) 03207 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc, 03208 Context.getObjCClassType())); 03209 03210 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'. 03211 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) { 03212 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 03213 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc); 03214 if (ret.isNull()) 03215 return ExprError(); 03216 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member, 03217 MemberLoc)); 03218 } 03219 03220 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union) 03221 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 03222 03223 return ExprError(); 03224 } 03225 03226 /// The main callback when the parser finds something like 03227 /// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier 03228 /// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier 03229 /// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of 03230 /// possibilities, including destructor and operator references. 03231 /// 03232 /// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period 03233 /// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which 03234 /// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can 03235 /// only be called 03236 /// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl; 03237 /// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations 03238 /// aren't properly put in the context chain 03239 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg, 03240 SourceLocation OpLoc, 03241 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 03242 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 03243 UnqualifiedId &Id, 03244 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, 03245 bool HasTrailingLParen) { 03246 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid()) 03247 return ExprError(); 03248 03249 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; 03250 03251 // Decompose the name into its component parts. 03252 DeclarationName Name; 03253 SourceLocation NameLoc; 03254 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; 03255 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, 03256 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs); 03257 03258 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow); 03259 03260 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope 03261 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, 03262 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()))); 03263 03264 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs. 03265 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg)); 03266 03267 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>(); 03268 OwningExprResult Result(*this); 03269 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) { 03270 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(), 03271 IsArrow, OpLoc, 03272 SS, FirstQualifierInScope, 03273 Name, NameLoc, 03274 TemplateArgs); 03275 } else { 03276 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName); 03277 if (TemplateArgs) { 03278 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name. 03279 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id); 03280 } else { 03281 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc, 03282 SS, ObjCImpDecl); 03283 03284 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 03285 Owned(Base); 03286 return ExprError(); 03287 } 03288 03289 if (Result.get()) { 03290 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to 03291 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the 03292 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the 03293 // call now. 03294 if (!HasTrailingLParen && 03295 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName) 03296 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result)); 03297 03298 return move(Result); 03299 } 03300 } 03301 03302 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(), 03303 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope, 03304 R, TemplateArgs); 03305 } 03306 03307 return move(Result); 03308 } 03309 03310 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 03311 FunctionDecl *FD, 03312 ParmVarDecl *Param) { 03313 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { 03314 Diag (CallLoc, 03315 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) << 03316 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName(); 03317 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], 03318 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); 03319 } else { 03320 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { 03321 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); 03322 03323 // Instantiate the expression. 03324 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList 03325 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true); 03326 03327 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, 03328 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(), 03329 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size()); 03330 03331 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList); 03332 if (Result.isInvalid()) 03333 return ExprError(); 03334 03335 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter. 03336 InitializedEntity Entity 03337 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param); 03338 InitializationKind Kind 03339 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(), 03340 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 03341 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 03342 03343 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1); 03344 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 03345 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1)); 03346 if (Result.isInvalid()) 03347 return ExprError(); 03348 03349 // Build the default argument expression. 03350 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, 03351 Result.takeAs<Expr>())); 03352 } 03353 03354 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to 03355 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll 03356 // be properly destroyed. 03357 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new 03358 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. 03359 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i) 03360 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i)); 03361 } 03362 03363 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. 03364 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param)); 03365 } 03366 03367 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in 03368 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with 03369 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and 03370 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this 03371 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns 03372 /// true if the call is ill-formed. 03373 bool 03374 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 03375 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 03376 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 03377 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 03378 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 03379 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by 03380 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... 03381 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 03382 bool Invalid = false; 03383 03384 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default 03385 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. 03386 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) { 03387 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments()) 03388 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) 03389 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange(); 03390 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); 03391 } 03392 03393 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop 03394 // them. 03395 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) { 03396 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { 03397 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), 03398 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) 03399 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange() 03400 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), 03401 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()); 03402 // This deletes the extra arguments. 03403 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); 03404 return true; 03405 } 03406 } 03407 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; 03408 VariadicCallType CallType = 03409 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply; 03410 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) 03411 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block 03412 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn)) 03413 CallType = VariadicMethod; 03414 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl, 03415 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType); 03416 if (Invalid) 03417 return true; 03418 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); 03419 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) 03420 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]); 03421 03422 return false; 03423 } 03424 03425 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 03426 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 03427 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 03428 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 03429 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 03430 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 03431 VariadicCallType CallType) { 03432 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 03433 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs; 03434 bool Invalid = false; 03435 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto) 03436 // Use default arguments for missing arguments 03437 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; 03438 unsigned ArgIx = 0; 03439 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). 03440 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) { 03441 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i); 03442 03443 Expr *Arg; 03444 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) { 03445 Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; 03446 03447 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 03448 ProtoArgType, 03449 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) 03450 << Arg->getSourceRange())) 03451 return true; 03452 03453 // Pass the argument 03454 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0; 03455 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams()) 03456 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); 03457 03458 03459 InitializedEntity Entity = 03460 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param) 03461 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType); 03462 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 03463 SourceLocation(), 03464 Owned(Arg)); 03465 if (ArgE.isInvalid()) 03466 return true; 03467 03468 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>(); 03469 } else { 03470 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); 03471 03472 OwningExprResult ArgExpr = 03473 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param); 03474 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) 03475 return true; 03476 03477 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>(); 03478 } 03479 AllArgs.push_back(Arg); 03480 } 03481 03482 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". 03483 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { 03484 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). 03485 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) { 03486 Expr *Arg = Args[i]; 03487 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType); 03488 AllArgs.push_back(Arg); 03489 } 03490 } 03491 return Invalid; 03492 } 03493 03494 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 03495 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 03496 /// locations. 03497 Action::OwningExprResult 03498 Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 03499 MultiExprArg args, 03500 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 03501 unsigned NumArgs = args.size(); 03502 03503 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 03504 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn)); 03505 03506 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>(); 03507 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release()); 03508 assert(Fn && "no function call expression"); 03509 03510 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 03511 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. 03512 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { 03513 if (NumArgs > 0) { 03514 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. 03515 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) 03516 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( 03517 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(), 03518 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd())); 03519 03520 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 03521 Args[I]->Destroy(Context); 03522 03523 NumArgs = 0; 03524 } 03525 03526 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy, 03527 RParenLoc)); 03528 } 03529 03530 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, 03531 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. 03532 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in 03533 // Fn. 03534 bool Dependent = false; 03535 if (Fn->isTypeDependent()) 03536 Dependent = true; 03537 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs)) 03538 Dependent = true; 03539 03540 if (Dependent) 03541 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs, 03542 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc)); 03543 03544 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). 03545 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) 03546 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 03547 CommaLocs, RParenLoc)); 03548 03549 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); 03550 03551 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function. 03552 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { 03553 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find 03554 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded 03555 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple 03556 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single 03557 // method template. 03558 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) || 03559 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin())); 03560 (void)MemE; 03561 03562 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 03563 CommaLocs, RParenLoc); 03564 } 03565 03566 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function. 03567 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) { 03568 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl(); 03569 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl)) 03570 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 03571 CommaLocs, RParenLoc); 03572 } 03573 03574 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. 03575 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) { 03576 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD || 03577 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) { 03578 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 03579 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) { 03580 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(); 03581 03582 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr> 03583 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args, 03584 NumArgs, ResultTy, 03585 RParenLoc)); 03586 03587 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(), 03588 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 03589 TheCall.get(), 0)) 03590 return ExprError(); 03591 03592 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs, 03593 RParenLoc)) 03594 return ExprError(); 03595 03596 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release()); 03597 } 03598 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), 03599 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 03600 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 03601 } 03602 } 03603 } 03604 03605 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. 03606 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent 03607 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments. 03608 03609 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); 03610 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) { 03611 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn); 03612 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 03613 CommaLocs, RParenLoc); 03614 } 03615 03616 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0; 03617 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) 03618 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl(); 03619 03620 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc); 03621 } 03622 03623 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, 03624 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should 03625 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or 03626 /// block-pointer type. 03627 /// 03628 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available 03629 Sema::OwningExprResult 03630 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 03631 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 03632 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 03633 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 03634 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); 03635 03636 // Promote the function operand. 03637 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn); 03638 03639 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup 03640 // of arguments and function on error. 03641 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 03642 Args, NumArgs, 03643 Context.BoolTy, 03644 RParenLoc)); 03645 03646 const FunctionType *FuncT; 03647 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 03648 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall 03649 // have type pointer to function". 03650 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); 03651 if (PT == 0) 03652 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 03653 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 03654 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 03655 } else { // This is a block call. 03656 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()-> 03657 getAs<FunctionType>(); 03658 } 03659 if (FuncT == 0) 03660 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 03661 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 03662 03663 // Check for a valid return type 03664 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(), 03665 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(), 03666 FDecl)) 03667 return ExprError(); 03668 03669 // We know the result type of the call, set it. 03670 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType()); 03671 03672 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) { 03673 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs, 03674 RParenLoc)) 03675 return ExprError(); 03676 } else { 03677 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!"); 03678 03679 if (FDecl) { 03680 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based 03681 // on our knowledge of the function definition. 03682 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; 03683 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) { 03684 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 03685 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 03686 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) { 03687 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) 03688 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); 03689 } 03690 } 03691 } 03692 03693 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). 03694 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) { 03695 Expr *Arg = Args[i]; 03696 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); 03697 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 03698 Arg->getType(), 03699 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) 03700 << Arg->getSourceRange())) 03701 return ExprError(); 03702 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); 03703 } 03704 } 03705 03706 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) 03707 if (!Method->isStatic()) 03708 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) 03709 << Fn->getSourceRange()); 03710 03711 // Check for sentinels 03712 if (NDecl) 03713 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs); 03714 03715 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. 03716 if (FDecl) { 03717 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get())) 03718 return ExprError(); 03719 03720 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) 03721 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take()); 03722 } else if (NDecl) { 03723 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get())) 03724 return ExprError(); 03725 } 03726 03727 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take()); 03728 } 03729 03730 Action::OwningExprResult 03731 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, 03732 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) { 03733 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type"); 03734 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out. 03735 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression"); 03736 03737 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 03738 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); 03739 if (!TInfo) 03740 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType); 03741 03742 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr)); 03743 } 03744 03745 Action::OwningExprResult 03746 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 03747 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) { 03748 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); 03749 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get()); 03750 03751 if (literalType->isArrayType()) { 03752 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) 03753 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) 03754 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())); 03755 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && 03756 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, 03757 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 03758 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, 03759 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) 03760 return ExprError(); 03761 03762 InitializedEntity Entity 03763 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType); 03764 InitializationKind Kind 03765 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), 03766 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true); 03767 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1); 03768 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 03769 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1), 03770 &literalType); 03771 if (Result.isInvalid()) 03772 return ExprError(); 03773 InitExpr.release(); 03774 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get()); 03775 03776 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; 03777 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3 03778 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType)) 03779 return ExprError(); 03780 } 03781 03782 Result.release(); 03783 03784 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, 03785 literalExpr, isFileScope)); 03786 } 03787 03788 Action::OwningExprResult 03789 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist, 03790 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 03791 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size(); 03792 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release()); 03793 03794 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and 03795 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized. 03796 03797 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit, 03798 RBraceLoc); 03799 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. 03800 return Owned(E); 03801 } 03802 03803 static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context, 03804 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { 03805 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) 03806 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp; 03807 03808 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 03809 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 03810 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ? 03811 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast : 03812 CastExpr::CK_BitCast; 03813 if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) 03814 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral; 03815 } 03816 03817 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) { 03818 if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) 03819 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast; 03820 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 03821 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer; 03822 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) 03823 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating; 03824 } 03825 03826 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) { 03827 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) 03828 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast; 03829 if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) 03830 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral; 03831 } 03832 03833 // FIXME: Assert here. 03834 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!"); 03835 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown; 03836 } 03837 03838 /// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types. 03839 bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr, 03840 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, 03841 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl, 03842 bool FunctionalStyle) { 03843 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 03844 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle, 03845 ConversionDecl); 03846 03847 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr); 03848 03849 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression 03850 // type needs to be scalar. 03851 if (castType->isVoidType()) { 03852 // Cast to void allows any expr type. 03853 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid; 03854 return false; 03855 } 03856 03857 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) { 03858 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) && 03859 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) { 03860 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self. 03861 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete. 03862 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar) 03863 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03864 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp; 03865 return false; 03866 } 03867 03868 if (castType->isUnionType()) { 03869 // GCC cast to union extension 03870 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 03871 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd; 03872 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); 03873 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 03874 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(), 03875 castExpr->getType())) { 03876 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union) 03877 << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03878 break; 03879 } 03880 } 03881 if (Field == FieldEnd) 03882 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type) 03883 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03884 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion; 03885 return false; 03886 } 03887 03888 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types. 03889 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) 03890 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03891 } 03892 03893 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() && 03894 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) { 03895 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), 03896 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand) 03897 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03898 } 03899 03900 if (castType->isExtVectorType()) 03901 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind); 03902 03903 if (castType->isVectorType()) 03904 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind); 03905 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) 03906 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind); 03907 03908 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) 03909 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR; 03910 03911 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr)) 03912 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr); 03913 03914 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) { 03915 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType(); 03916 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType()) 03917 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), 03918 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int) 03919 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03920 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 03921 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType()) 03922 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), 03923 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int) 03924 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); 03925 } 03926 03927 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType); 03928 return false; 03929 } 03930 03931 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 03932 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { 03933 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!"); 03934 03935 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) { 03936 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 03937 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 03938 Ty->isVectorType() ? 03939 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : 03940 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) 03941 << VectorTy << Ty << R; 03942 } else 03943 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 03944 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) 03945 << VectorTy << Ty << R; 03946 03947 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; 03948 return false; 03949 } 03950 03951 bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr, 03952 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { 03953 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!"); 03954 03955 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); 03956 03957 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to 03958 // an ExtVectorType. 03959 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { 03960 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) 03961 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) 03962 << DestTy << SrcTy << R; 03963 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; 03964 return false; 03965 } 03966 03967 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate 03968 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then 03969 // splat from elt type to vector. 03970 if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) 03971 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 03972 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) 03973 << DestTy << SrcTy << R; 03974 03975 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 03976 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy, 03977 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy)); 03978 03979 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat; 03980 return false; 03981 } 03982 03983 Action::OwningExprResult 03984 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, 03985 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) { 03986 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) && 03987 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr"); 03988 03989 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo; 03990 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo); 03991 if (!castTInfo) 03992 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType); 03993 03994 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. 03995 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get(); 03996 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr)) 03997 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op), 03998 castTInfo); 03999 04000 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op)); 04001 } 04002 04003 Action::OwningExprResult 04004 Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 04005 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) { 04006 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get()); 04007 04008 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0; 04009 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown; 04010 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr, 04011 Kind, Method)) 04012 return ExprError(); 04013 04014 if (Method) { 04015 // FIXME: preserve type source info here 04016 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(), 04017 Kind, Method, move(Op)); 04018 04019 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 04020 return ExprError(); 04021 04022 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>(); 04023 } else { 04024 Op.release(); 04025 } 04026 04027 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 04028 Kind, castExpr, Ty, 04029 LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); 04030 } 04031 04032 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence 04033 /// of comma binary operators. 04034 Action::OwningExprResult 04035 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) { 04036 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>(); 04037 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr); 04038 if (!E) 04039 return Owned(expr); 04040 04041 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0)); 04042 04043 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) 04044 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result), 04045 Owned(E->getExpr(i))); 04046 04047 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result)); 04048 } 04049 04050 Action::OwningExprResult 04051 Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 04052 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op, 04053 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 04054 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get(); 04055 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 04056 04057 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' 04058 // then handle it as such. 04059 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) { 04060 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) { 04061 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); 04062 return ExprError(); 04063 } 04064 04065 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; 04066 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i) 04067 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i)); 04068 04069 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly 04070 // braces instead of the original commas. 04071 Op.release(); 04072 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0], 04073 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc); 04074 E->setType(Ty); 04075 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E)); 04076 } else { 04077 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a 04078 // sequence of BinOp comma operators. 04079 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op)); 04080 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op)); 04081 } 04082 } 04083 04084 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 04085 SourceLocation R, 04086 MultiExprArg Val, 04087 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) { 04088 unsigned nexprs = Val.size(); 04089 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release()); 04090 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list"); 04091 Expr *expr; 04092 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast)) 04093 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]); 04094 else 04095 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R); 04096 return Owned(expr); 04097 } 04098 04099 /// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. 04100 /// In that case, lhs = cond. 04101 /// C99 6.5.15 04102 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS, 04103 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 04104 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. 04105 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 04106 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 04107 04108 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 04109 04110 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond); 04111 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS); 04112 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS); 04113 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); 04114 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType(); 04115 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType(); 04116 04117 // first, check the condition. 04118 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2 04119 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) 04120 << CondTy; 04121 return QualType(); 04122 } 04123 04124 // Now check the two expressions. 04125 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) 04126 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 04127 04128 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions 04129 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. 04130 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { 04131 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 04132 return LHS->getType(); 04133 } 04134 04135 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that 04136 // type. 04137 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 04138 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) 04139 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) 04140 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has 04141 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. 04142 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 04143 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. 04144 } 04145 04146 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." 04147 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). 04148 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { 04149 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType()) 04150 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) 04151 << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04152 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType()) 04153 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) 04154 << LHS->getSourceRange(); 04155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); 04156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); 04157 return Context.VoidTy; 04158 } 04159 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has 04160 // the type of the other operand." 04161 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && 04162 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 04163 // promote the null to a pointer. 04164 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 04165 return LHSTy; 04166 } 04167 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && 04168 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 04169 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 04170 return RHSTy; 04171 } 04172 04173 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. 04174 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, 04175 QuestionLoc); 04176 if (!compositeType.isNull()) 04177 return compositeType; 04178 04179 04180 // Handle block pointer types. 04181 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { 04182 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { 04183 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { 04184 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 04185 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04186 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04187 return destType; 04188 } 04189 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 04190 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04191 return QualType(); 04192 } 04193 // We have 2 block pointer types. 04194 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 04195 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible. 04196 return LHSTy; 04197 } 04198 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking. 04199 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04200 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04201 04202 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), 04203 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { 04204 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) 04205 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04206 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good 04207 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick 04208 // to get a consistent AST. 04209 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 04210 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04211 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04212 return incompatTy; 04213 } 04214 // The block pointer types are compatible. 04215 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04216 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04217 return LHSTy; 04218 } 04219 04220 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). 04221 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) { 04222 // get the "pointed to" types 04223 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04224 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04225 04226 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) 04227 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { 04228 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) 04229 QualType destPointee 04230 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); 04231 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 04232 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 04233 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 04234 // Promote to void*. 04235 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04236 return destType; 04237 } 04238 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { 04239 QualType destPointee 04240 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); 04241 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 04242 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 04243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 04244 // Promote to void*. 04245 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04246 return destType; 04247 } 04248 04249 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 04250 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible. 04251 return LHSTy; 04252 } 04253 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), 04254 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { 04255 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) 04256 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04257 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good 04258 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick 04259 // to get a consistent AST. 04260 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 04261 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04262 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04263 return incompatTy; 04264 } 04265 // The pointer types are compatible. 04266 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to 04267 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is 04268 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite* 04269 // type. 04270 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type. 04271 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers 04272 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04273 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04274 return LHSTy; 04275 } 04276 04277 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. 04278 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) { 04279 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) 04280 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04281 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 04282 return RHSTy; 04283 } 04284 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) { 04285 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) 04286 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04287 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 04288 return LHSTy; 04289 } 04290 04291 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. 04292 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 04293 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04294 return QualType(); 04295 } 04296 04297 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of 04298 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. 04299 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS, 04300 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 04301 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType(); 04302 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType(); 04303 04304 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result 04305 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the 04306 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. 04307 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && 04308 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { 04309 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04310 return LHSTy; 04311 } 04312 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && 04313 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { 04314 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04315 return RHSTy; 04316 } 04317 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id 04318 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && 04319 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { 04320 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04321 return LHSTy; 04322 } 04323 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && 04324 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { 04325 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04326 return RHSTy; 04327 } 04328 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL 04329 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) && 04330 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) { 04331 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04332 return LHSTy; 04333 } 04334 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) && 04335 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) { 04336 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04337 return RHSTy; 04338 } 04339 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. 04340 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 04341 04342 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 04343 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. 04344 return LHSTy; 04345 } 04346 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 04347 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 04348 QualType compositeType = LHSTy; 04349 04350 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be 04351 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite 04352 // type. This allows 04353 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b 04354 // where B is a subclass of A. 04355 // 04356 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' 04357 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are 04358 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite 04359 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. 04360 04361 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. 04362 // It could return the composite type. 04363 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { 04364 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; 04365 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { 04366 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; 04367 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || 04368 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && 04369 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) { 04370 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. 04371 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to 04372 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be 04373 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. 04374 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); 04375 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { 04376 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); 04377 } else if (!(compositeType = 04378 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) 04379 ; 04380 else { 04381 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 04382 << LHSTy << RHSTy 04383 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 04384 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); 04385 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04386 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04387 return incompatTy; 04388 } 04389 // The object pointer types are compatible. 04390 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04391 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04392 return compositeType; 04393 } 04394 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' 04395 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 04396 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04397 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04398 QualType destPointee 04399 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); 04400 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 04401 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 04402 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 04403 // Promote to void*. 04404 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04405 return destType; 04406 } 04407 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { 04408 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04409 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04410 QualType destPointee 04411 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); 04412 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 04413 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 04414 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); 04415 // Promote to void*. 04416 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04417 return destType; 04418 } 04419 return QualType(); 04420 } 04421 04422 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 04423 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 04424 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 04425 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 04426 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS, 04427 ExprArg RHS) { 04428 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get(); 04429 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get(); 04430 04431 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS 04432 // was the condition. 04433 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0; 04434 if (isLHSNull) 04435 LHSExpr = CondExpr; 04436 04437 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr, 04438 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc); 04439 if (result.isNull()) 04440 return ExprError(); 04441 04442 Cond.release(); 04443 LHS.release(); 04444 RHS.release(); 04445 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc, 04446 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr, 04447 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result)); 04448 } 04449 04450 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite 04451 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this 04452 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. 04453 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. 04454 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. 04455 Sema::AssignConvertType 04456 Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { 04457 QualType lhptee, rhptee; 04458 04459 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && 04460 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || 04461 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && 04462 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { 04463 return Compatible; 04464 } 04465 04466 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) 04467 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04468 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04469 04470 // make sure we operate on the canonical type 04471 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 04472 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 04473 04474 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; 04475 04476 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints 04477 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the 04478 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; 04479 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType 04480 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee)) 04481 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 04482 04483 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or 04484 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified 04485 // version of void... 04486 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { 04487 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 04488 return ConvTy; 04489 04490 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. 04491 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); 04492 return FunctionVoidPointer; 04493 } 04494 04495 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { 04496 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 04497 return ConvTy; 04498 04499 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. 04500 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); 04501 return FunctionVoidPointer; 04502 } 04503 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or 04504 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... 04505 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); 04506 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); 04507 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) { 04508 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. 04509 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs 04510 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. 04511 if (lhptee->isCharType()) 04512 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 04513 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) 04514 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee); 04515 04516 if (rhptee->isCharType()) 04517 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 04518 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) 04519 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee); 04520 04521 if (lhptee == rhptee) { 04522 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility 04523 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign 04524 // warning can be disabled. 04525 if (ConvTy != Compatible) 04526 return ConvTy; 04527 return IncompatiblePointerSign; 04528 } 04529 04530 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply 04531 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If 04532 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same 04533 // level of indirection, this must be the issue. 04534 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) { 04535 do { 04536 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04537 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04538 04539 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 04540 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 04541 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()); 04542 04543 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee)) 04544 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; 04545 } 04546 04547 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. 04548 return IncompatiblePointer; 04549 } 04550 return ConvTy; 04551 } 04552 04553 /// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two 04554 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer 04555 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer 04556 // types. 04557 Sema::AssignConvertType 04558 Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, 04559 QualType rhsType) { 04560 QualType lhptee, rhptee; 04561 04562 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) 04563 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04564 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04565 04566 // make sure we operate on the canonical type 04567 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 04568 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 04569 04570 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; 04571 04572 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. 04573 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) 04574 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 04575 04576 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) 04577 return IncompatibleBlockPointer; 04578 return ConvTy; 04579 } 04580 04581 /// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types 04582 /// for assignment compatibility. 04583 Sema::AssignConvertType 04584 Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { 04585 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) 04586 return Compatible; 04587 QualType lhptee = 04588 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04589 QualType rhptee = 04590 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 04591 // make sure we operate on the canonical type 04592 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); 04593 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); 04594 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee)) 04595 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 04596 04597 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) 04598 return Compatible; 04599 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 04600 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; 04601 return IncompatiblePointer; 04602 } 04603 04604 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently 04605 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking 04606 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: 04607 /// 04608 /// int a, *pint; 04609 /// short *pshort; 04610 /// struct foo *pfoo; 04611 /// 04612 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type 04613 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast 04614 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast 04615 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type 04616 /// 04617 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the 04618 /// C99 spec dictates. 04619 /// 04620 Sema::AssignConvertType 04621 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { 04622 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing 04623 // them. 04624 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); 04625 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); 04626 04627 if (lhsType == rhsType) 04628 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match. 04629 04630 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && 04631 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || 04632 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && 04633 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { 04634 return Compatible; 04635 } 04636 04637 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a 04638 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, 04639 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, 04640 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the 04641 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting 04642 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference 04643 // type. 04644 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 04645 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType)) 04646 return Compatible; 04647 return Incompatible; 04648 } 04649 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type 04650 // to the same ExtVector type. 04651 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) { 04652 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) 04653 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible; 04654 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) 04655 return Compatible; 04656 } 04657 04658 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) { 04659 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both 04660 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; 04661 // no bits are changed but the result type is different. 04662 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions && 04663 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) { 04664 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType)) 04665 return IncompatibleVectors; 04666 } 04667 return Incompatible; 04668 } 04669 04670 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) 04671 return Compatible; 04672 04673 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { 04674 if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) 04675 return IntToPointer; 04676 04677 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) 04678 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 04679 04680 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 04681 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { 04682 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. 04683 return Compatible; 04684 return IncompatiblePointer; 04685 } 04686 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 04687 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 04688 return Compatible; 04689 04690 // Treat block pointers as objects. 04691 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType()) 04692 return Compatible; 04693 } 04694 return Incompatible; 04695 } 04696 04697 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) { 04698 if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) 04699 return IntToBlockPointer; 04700 04701 // Treat block pointers as objects. 04702 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType()) 04703 return Compatible; 04704 04705 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) 04706 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 04707 04708 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 04709 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 04710 return Compatible; 04711 } 04712 return Incompatible; 04713 } 04714 04715 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) { 04716 if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) 04717 return IntToPointer; 04718 04719 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 04720 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { 04721 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. 04722 return Compatible; 04723 return IncompatiblePointer; 04724 } 04725 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 04726 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 04727 } 04728 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 04729 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 04730 return Compatible; 04731 } 04732 // Treat block pointers as objects. 04733 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) 04734 return Compatible; 04735 return Incompatible; 04736 } 04737 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { 04738 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. 04739 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) 04740 return Compatible; 04741 04742 if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) 04743 return PointerToInt; 04744 04745 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) 04746 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); 04747 04748 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && 04749 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 04750 return Compatible; 04751 return Incompatible; 04752 } 04753 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { 04754 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. 04755 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) 04756 return Compatible; 04757 04758 if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) 04759 return PointerToInt; 04760 04761 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 04762 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { 04763 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. 04764 return Compatible; 04765 return IncompatiblePointer; 04766 } 04767 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && 04768 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 04769 return Compatible; 04770 return Incompatible; 04771 } 04772 04773 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) { 04774 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) 04775 return Compatible; 04776 } 04777 return Incompatible; 04778 } 04779 04780 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is 04781 /// used to initialize the transparent union. 04782 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E, 04783 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) { 04784 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member 04785 // of the transparent union. 04786 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), 04787 &E, 1, 04788 SourceLocation()); 04789 Initializer->setType(UnionType); 04790 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); 04791 04792 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent 04793 // union type from this initializer list. 04794 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType); 04795 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, 04796 Initializer, false); 04797 } 04798 04799 Sema::AssignConvertType 04800 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) { 04801 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType(); 04802 04803 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential 04804 // transparent_union GCC extension. 04805 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); 04806 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) 04807 return Incompatible; 04808 04809 // The field to initialize within the transparent union. 04810 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 04811 FieldDecl *InitField = 0; 04812 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. 04813 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 04814 itend = UD->field_end(); 04815 it != itend; ++it) { 04816 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { 04817 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: 04818 // 1) void pointer 04819 // 2) null pointer constant 04820 if (FromType->isPointerType()) 04821 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { 04822 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 04823 InitField = *it; 04824 break; 04825 } 04826 04827 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 04828 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 04829 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 04830 InitField = *it; 04831 break; 04832 } 04833 } 04834 04835 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType()) 04836 == Compatible) { 04837 InitField = *it; 04838 break; 04839 } 04840 } 04841 04842 if (!InitField) 04843 return Incompatible; 04844 04845 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField); 04846 return Compatible; 04847 } 04848 04849 Sema::AssignConvertType 04850 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) { 04851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 04852 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) { 04853 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the 04854 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the 04855 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. 04856 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(), 04857 AA_Assigning)) 04858 return Incompatible; 04859 return Compatible; 04860 } 04861 04862 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C 04863 // structures. 04864 } 04865 04866 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is 04867 // a null pointer constant. 04868 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || 04869 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 04870 lhsType->isBlockPointerType()) 04871 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 04872 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 04873 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 04874 return Compatible; 04875 } 04876 04877 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper 04878 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all 04879 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary 04880 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). 04881 // 04882 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. 04883 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType()) 04884 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr); 04885 04886 Sema::AssignConvertType result = 04887 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType()); 04888 04889 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the 04890 // type of the assignment expression. 04891 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, 04892 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. 04893 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression 04894 // does not have reference type. 04895 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType) 04896 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(), 04897 CastExpr::CK_Unknown); 04898 return result; 04899 } 04900 04901 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) { 04902 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) 04903 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 04904 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 04905 return QualType(); 04906 } 04907 04908 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) { 04909 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. 04910 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. 04911 QualType lhsType = 04912 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 04913 QualType rhsType = 04914 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 04915 04916 // If the vector types are identical, return. 04917 if (lhsType == rhsType) 04918 return lhsType; 04919 04920 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element 04921 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday. 04922 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) { 04923 // FIXME: Should we warn here? 04924 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) { 04925 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) 04926 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() && 04927 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) { 04928 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType; 04929 } 04930 } 04931 } 04932 04933 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can 04934 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance. 04935 bool swapped = false; 04936 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) { 04937 swapped = true; 04938 std::swap(rex, lex); 04939 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType); 04940 } 04941 04942 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar. 04943 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) { 04944 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType(); 04945 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) { 04946 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { 04947 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 04948 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); 04949 return lhsType; 04950 } 04951 } 04952 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() && 04953 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) { 04954 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { 04955 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); 04956 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); 04957 return lhsType; 04958 } 04959 } 04960 } 04961 04962 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors. 04963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable) 04964 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 04965 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 04966 return QualType(); 04967 } 04968 04969 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( 04970 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) { 04971 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 04972 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 04973 04974 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); 04975 04976 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() || 04977 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 04978 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 04979 04980 // Check for division by zero. 04981 if (isDiv && 04982 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) 04983 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero) 04984 << rex->getSourceRange()); 04985 04986 return compType; 04987 } 04988 04989 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( 04990 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { 04991 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { 04992 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 04993 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 04994 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 04995 } 04996 04997 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); 04998 04999 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 05000 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05001 05002 // Check for remainder by zero. 05003 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) 05004 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero) 05005 << rex->getSourceRange()); 05006 05007 return compType; 05008 } 05009 05010 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 05011 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { 05012 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { 05013 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05014 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 05015 return compType; 05016 } 05017 05018 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); 05019 05020 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). 05021 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && 05022 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 05023 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 05024 return compType; 05025 } 05026 05027 // Put any potential pointer into PExp 05028 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex; 05029 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) 05030 std::swap(PExp, IExp); 05031 05032 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { 05033 05034 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) { 05035 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType(); 05036 05037 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. 05038 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { 05039 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 05041 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05042 return QualType(); 05043 } 05044 05045 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void 05046 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 05047 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05048 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 05049 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05050 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 05051 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); 05052 return QualType(); 05053 } 05054 05055 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function 05056 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 05057 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); 05058 } else { 05059 // Check if we require a complete type. 05060 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() && 05061 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) || 05062 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) && 05063 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy, 05064 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) 05065 << PExp->getSourceRange() 05066 << PExp->getType())) 05067 return QualType(); 05068 } 05069 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 05070 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 05071 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 05072 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange(); 05073 return QualType(); 05074 } 05075 05076 if (CompLHSTy) { 05077 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); 05078 if (LHSTy.isNull()) { 05079 LHSTy = lex->getType(); 05080 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 05081 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); 05082 } 05083 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; 05084 } 05085 return PExp->getType(); 05086 } 05087 } 05088 05089 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05090 } 05091 05092 // C99 6.5.6 05093 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, 05094 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { 05095 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { 05096 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05097 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 05098 return compType; 05099 } 05100 05101 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); 05102 05103 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. 05104 05105 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). 05106 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() 05107 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 05108 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 05109 return compType; 05110 } 05111 05112 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. 05113 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { 05114 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType(); 05115 05116 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type. 05117 05118 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false; 05119 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0; 05120 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) { 05121 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05122 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 05123 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05124 return QualType(); 05125 } 05126 05127 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void 05128 ComplainAboutVoid = true; 05129 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) { 05130 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 05132 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); 05133 return QualType(); 05134 } 05135 05136 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function 05137 ComplainAboutFunc = lex; 05138 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() && 05139 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee, 05140 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) 05141 << lex->getSourceRange() 05142 << lex->getType())) 05143 return QualType(); 05144 05145 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 05146 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 05147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 05148 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange(); 05149 return QualType(); 05150 } 05151 05152 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. 05153 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) { 05154 if (ComplainAboutVoid) 05155 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 05156 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05157 if (ComplainAboutFunc) 05158 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 05159 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() 05160 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); 05161 05162 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); 05163 return lex->getType(); 05164 } 05165 05166 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. 05167 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { 05168 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); 05169 05170 // RHS must be a completely-type object type. 05171 // Handle the GNU void* extension. 05172 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) { 05173 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 05175 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05176 return QualType(); 05177 } 05178 05179 ComplainAboutVoid = true; 05180 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) { 05181 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05182 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 05183 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05184 return QualType(); 05185 } 05186 05187 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function 05188 if (!ComplainAboutFunc) 05189 ComplainAboutFunc = rex; 05190 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() && 05191 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee, 05192 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) 05193 << rex->getSourceRange() 05194 << rex->getType())) 05195 return QualType(); 05196 05197 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05198 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] 05199 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { 05200 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) 05201 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 05202 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05203 return QualType(); 05204 } 05205 } else { 05206 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 05207 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( 05208 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), 05209 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { 05210 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) 05211 << lex->getType() << rex->getType() 05212 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05213 return QualType(); 05214 } 05215 } 05216 05217 if (ComplainAboutVoid) 05218 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 05219 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05220 if (ComplainAboutFunc) 05221 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 05222 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() 05223 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); 05224 05225 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); 05226 return Context.getPointerDiffType(); 05227 } 05228 } 05229 05230 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05231 } 05232 05233 // C99 6.5.7 05234 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, 05235 bool isCompAssign) { 05236 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. 05237 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 05238 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05239 05240 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. 05241 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 05242 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05243 05244 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer 05245 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 05246 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); 05247 if (LHSTy.isNull()) { 05248 LHSTy = lex->getType(); 05249 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 05250 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); 05251 } 05252 if (!isCompAssign) 05253 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); 05254 05255 UsualUnaryConversions(rex); 05256 05257 // Sanity-check shift operands 05258 llvm::APSInt Right; 05259 // Check right/shifter operand 05260 if (!rex->isValueDependent() && 05261 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) { 05262 if (Right.isNegative()) 05263 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange(); 05264 else { 05265 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), 05266 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType())); 05267 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) 05268 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange(); 05269 } 05270 } 05271 05272 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." 05273 return LHSTy; 05274 } 05275 05276 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] 05277 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, 05278 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) { 05279 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc; 05280 05281 // Handle vector comparisons separately. 05282 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 05283 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational); 05284 05285 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc); 05286 05287 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 05288 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 05289 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex); 05290 else { 05291 UsualUnaryConversions(lex); 05292 UsualUnaryConversions(rex); 05293 } 05294 QualType lType = lex->getType(); 05295 QualType rType = rex->getType(); 05296 05297 if (!lType->isFloatingType() 05298 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) { 05299 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form 05300 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and 05301 // often indicate logic errors in the program. 05302 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise 05303 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate. 05304 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens(); 05305 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens(); 05306 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) 05307 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) 05308 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() && 05309 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl())) 05310 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison)); 05311 05312 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) 05313 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); 05314 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) 05315 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); 05316 05317 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other 05318 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp. 05319 Expr *literalString = 0; 05320 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0; 05321 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && 05322 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 05323 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 05324 literalString = lex; 05325 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped; 05326 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || 05327 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && 05328 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 05329 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 05330 literalString = rex; 05331 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped; 05332 } 05333 05334 if (literalString) { 05335 std::string resultComparison; 05336 switch (Opc) { 05337 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break; 05338 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break; 05339 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break; 05340 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break; 05341 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break; 05342 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break; 05343 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator"); 05344 } 05345 05346 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 05347 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) 05348 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped) 05349 << literalString->getSourceRange() 05350 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ") 05351 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(), 05352 "strcmp(") 05353 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion( 05354 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()), 05355 resultComparison)); 05356 } 05357 } 05358 05359 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. 05360 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy; 05361 05362 if (isRelational) { 05363 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType()) 05364 return ResultTy; 05365 } else { 05366 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 05367 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType()) 05368 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); 05369 05370 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType()) 05371 return ResultTy; 05372 } 05373 05374 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 05375 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); 05376 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 05377 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); 05378 05379 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except 05380 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them 05381 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled). 05382 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 05383 QualType LCanPointeeTy = 05384 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 05385 QualType RCanPointeeTy = 05386 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 05387 05388 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05389 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy) 05390 return ResultTy; 05391 if (!isRelational && 05392 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { 05393 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer 05394 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. 05395 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) 05396 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 05397 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) 05398 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05399 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05400 return ResultTy; 05401 } 05402 } 05403 // C++ [expr.rel]p2: 05404 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification 05405 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on 05406 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring 05407 // them to their composite pointer type. [...] 05408 // 05409 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality 05410 // comparisons of pointers. 05411 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 05412 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex, 05413 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 05414 if (T.isNull()) { 05415 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 05416 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05417 return QualType(); 05418 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) { 05419 Diag(Loc, 05420 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard) 05421 << lType << rType << T 05422 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05423 } 05424 05425 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05426 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05427 return ResultTy; 05428 } 05429 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 05430 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), 05431 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { 05432 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers 05433 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 05434 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers) 05435 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05436 } 05437 } else if (!isRelational && 05438 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { 05439 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer 05440 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) 05441 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 05442 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) 05443 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05444 } 05445 } else { 05446 // Invalid 05447 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 05448 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05449 } 05450 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) 05451 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05452 return ResultTy; 05453 } 05454 05455 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05456 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality 05457 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants. 05458 if (RHSIsNull && 05459 (lType->isPointerType() || 05460 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) { 05461 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); 05462 return ResultTy; 05463 } 05464 if (LHSIsNull && 05465 (rType->isPointerType() || 05466 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) { 05467 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); 05468 return ResultTy; 05469 } 05470 05471 // Comparison of member pointers. 05472 if (!isRelational && 05473 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) { 05474 // C++ [expr.eq]p2: 05475 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to 05476 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions 05477 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring 05478 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, 05479 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the 05480 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type 05481 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4) 05482 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand 05483 // types. 05484 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 05485 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex, 05486 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 05487 if (T.isNull()) { 05488 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 05489 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05490 return QualType(); 05491 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) { 05492 Diag(Loc, 05493 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard) 05494 << lType << rType << T 05495 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05496 } 05497 05498 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05499 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05500 return ResultTy; 05501 } 05502 05503 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself. 05504 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType()) 05505 return ResultTy; 05506 } 05507 05508 // Handle block pointer types. 05509 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { 05510 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 05511 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 05512 05513 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && 05514 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { 05515 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) 05516 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05517 } 05518 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05519 return ResultTy; 05520 } 05521 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. 05522 if (!isRelational 05523 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) 05524 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) { 05525 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 05526 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>() 05527 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 05528 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>() 05529 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) 05530 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) 05531 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05532 } 05533 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05534 return ResultTy; 05535 } 05536 05537 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { 05538 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) { 05539 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>(); 05540 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>(); 05541 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? 05542 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; 05543 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? 05544 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; 05545 05546 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && 05547 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) { 05548 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 05549 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05550 } 05551 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05552 return ResultTy; 05553 } 05554 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 05555 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) 05556 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 05557 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05558 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); 05559 return ResultTy; 05560 } 05561 } 05562 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { 05563 unsigned DiagID = 0; 05564 if (RHSIsNull) { 05565 if (isRelational) 05566 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; 05567 } else if (isRelational) 05568 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 05569 else 05570 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 05571 05572 if (DiagID) { 05573 Diag(Loc, DiagID) 05574 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05575 } 05576 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 05577 return ResultTy; 05578 } 05579 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) { 05580 unsigned DiagID = 0; 05581 if (LHSIsNull) { 05582 if (isRelational) 05583 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; 05584 } else if (isRelational) 05585 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 05586 else 05587 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 05588 05589 if (DiagID) { 05590 Diag(Loc, DiagID) 05591 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); 05592 } 05593 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 05594 return ResultTy; 05595 } 05596 // Handle block pointers. 05597 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull 05598 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { 05599 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 05600 return ResultTy; 05601 } 05602 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull 05603 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { 05604 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); 05605 return ResultTy; 05606 } 05607 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05608 } 05609 05610 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that 05611 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, 05612 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer 05613 /// types. 05614 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, 05615 SourceLocation Loc, 05616 bool isRelational) { 05617 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, 05618 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. 05619 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05620 if (vType.isNull()) 05621 return vType; 05622 05623 QualType lType = lex->getType(); 05624 QualType rType = rex->getType(); 05625 05626 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form 05627 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and 05628 // often indicate logic errors in the program. 05629 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) { 05630 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens())) 05631 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens())) 05632 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) 05633 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison)); 05634 } 05635 05636 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 05637 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) { 05638 assert (rType->isFloatingType()); 05639 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); 05640 } 05641 05642 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for 05643 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of 05644 // elements for floating point vectors. 05645 if (lType->isIntegerType()) 05646 return lType; 05647 05648 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>(); 05649 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); 05650 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) 05651 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 05652 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) 05653 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 05654 05655 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && 05656 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare"); 05657 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 05658 } 05659 05660 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands( 05661 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { 05662 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) 05663 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05664 05665 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); 05666 05667 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) 05668 return compType; 05669 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05670 } 05671 05672 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 05673 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) { 05674 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05675 UsualUnaryConversions(lex); 05676 UsualUnaryConversions(rex); 05677 05678 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType()) 05679 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05680 05681 return Context.IntTy; 05682 } 05683 05684 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 05685 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 05686 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4). 05687 StandardConversionSequence LHS; 05688 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, 05689 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS)) 05690 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05691 05692 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS, 05693 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false)) 05694 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05695 05696 StandardConversionSequence RHS; 05697 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, 05698 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS)) 05699 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05700 05701 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS, 05702 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false)) 05703 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); 05704 05705 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 05706 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 05707 // The result is a bool. 05708 return Context.BoolTy; 05709 } 05710 05711 /// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression 05712 /// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression 05713 /// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially. 05714 /// 05715 static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) { 05716 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) { 05717 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E); 05718 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) { 05719 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType(); 05720 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 05721 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) 05722 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) 05723 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace)) 05724 return true; 05725 } 05726 } 05727 return false; 05728 } 05729 05730 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, 05731 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. 05732 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { 05733 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; 05734 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, 05735 &Loc); 05736 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S)) 05737 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty; 05738 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) 05739 return false; 05740 05741 unsigned Diag = 0; 05742 bool NeedType = false; 05743 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 05744 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break; 05745 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: 05746 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; 05747 NeedType = true; 05748 break; 05749 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: 05750 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; 05751 NeedType = true; 05752 break; 05753 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: 05754 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; 05755 break; 05756 case Expr::MLV_Valid: 05757 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid"); 05758 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: 05759 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: 05760 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: 05761 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; 05762 break; 05763 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: 05764 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: 05765 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), 05766 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue) 05767 << E->getSourceRange()); 05768 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: 05769 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; 05770 break; 05771 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified: 05772 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; 05773 break; 05774 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty: 05775 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment; 05776 break; 05777 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: 05778 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment; 05779 break; 05780 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: 05781 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting; 05782 break; 05783 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertyGetterSetting: 05784 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_getter_setting; 05785 break; 05786 } 05787 05788 SourceRange Assign; 05789 if (Loc != OrigLoc) 05790 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); 05791 if (NeedType) 05792 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 05793 else 05794 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 05795 return true; 05796 } 05797 05798 05799 05800 // C99 6.5.16.1 05801 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, 05802 SourceLocation Loc, 05803 QualType CompoundType) { 05804 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. 05805 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this)) 05806 return QualType(); 05807 05808 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); 05809 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType; 05810 05811 AssignConvertType ConvTy; 05812 if (CompoundType.isNull()) { 05813 // Simple assignment "x = y". 05814 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS); 05815 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. 05816 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && 05817 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && 05818 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || 05819 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && 05820 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) 05821 ConvTy = Compatible; 05822 05823 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are 05824 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" 05825 // instead of "x += 4". 05826 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS; 05827 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) 05828 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); 05829 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { 05830 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus || 05831 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) && 05832 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && 05833 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. 05834 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && 05835 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the 05836 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". 05837 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() && 05838 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) { 05839 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) 05840 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-") 05841 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); 05842 } 05843 } 05844 } else { 05845 // Compound assignment "x += y" 05846 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType); 05847 } 05848 05849 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, 05850 RHS, AA_Assigning)) 05851 return QualType(); 05852 05853 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the 05854 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case 05855 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. 05856 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand 05857 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). 05858 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left 05859 // operand. 05860 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); 05861 } 05862 05863 // C99 6.5.17 05864 QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) { 05865 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions. 05866 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1). 05867 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 05868 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS); 05869 05870 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be 05871 // incomplete in C++). 05872 05873 return RHS->getType(); 05874 } 05875 05876 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine 05877 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. 05878 QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc, 05879 bool isInc) { 05880 if (Op->isTypeDependent()) 05881 return Context.DependentTy; 05882 05883 QualType ResType = Op->getType(); 05884 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression"); 05885 05886 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { 05887 // Decrement of bool is not allowed. 05888 if (!isInc) { 05889 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); 05890 return QualType(); 05891 } 05892 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. 05893 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); 05894 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { 05895 // OK! 05896 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) { 05897 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); 05898 05899 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 05900 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { 05901 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05902 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) 05903 << Op->getSourceRange(); 05904 return QualType(); 05905 } 05906 05907 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C. 05908 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange(); 05909 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 05910 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 05911 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) 05912 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange(); 05913 return QualType(); 05914 } 05915 05916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 05917 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); 05918 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy, 05919 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) 05920 << Op->getSourceRange() 05921 << ResType)) 05922 return QualType(); 05923 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 05924 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 05925 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 05926 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange(); 05927 return QualType(); 05928 } 05929 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { 05930 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. 05931 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) 05932 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); 05933 } else { 05934 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) 05935 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); 05936 return QualType(); 05937 } 05938 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. 05939 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. 05940 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this)) 05941 return QualType(); 05942 return ResType; 05943 } 05944 05945 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). 05946 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions 05947 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to 05948 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator 05949 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: 05950 /// - &(x) => x 05951 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. 05952 /// - &s.xx => s 05953 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array 05954 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array 05955 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 05956 /// - & __real__ x -> x 05957 static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { 05958 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 05959 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: 05960 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); 05961 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: 05962 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from 05963 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is 05964 // irrelevant. 05965 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) 05966 return 0; 05967 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base 05968 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); 05969 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 05970 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit 05971 // promotion of register arrays earlier. 05972 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); 05973 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { 05974 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) 05975 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); 05976 } 05977 return 0; 05978 } 05979 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 05980 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 05981 05982 switch(UO->getOpcode()) { 05983 case UnaryOperator::Real: 05984 case UnaryOperator::Imag: 05985 case UnaryOperator::Extension: 05986 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); 05987 default: 05988 return 0; 05989 } 05990 } 05991 case Stmt::ParenExprClass: 05992 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); 05993 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: 05994 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about 05995 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. 05996 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); 05997 default: 05998 return 0; 05999 } 06000 } 06001 06002 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function 06003 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the 06004 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. 06005 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & 06006 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. 06007 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case 06008 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. 06009 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 06010 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks 06011 op = op->IgnoreParens(); 06012 06013 if (op->isTypeDependent()) 06014 return Context.DependentTy; 06015 06016 if (getLangOptions().C99) { 06017 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. 06018 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { 06019 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) 06020 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result 06021 // (assuming the deref expression is valid). 06022 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); 06023 } 06024 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript 06025 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. 06026 } 06027 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); 06028 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context); 06029 06030 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op); 06031 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME && 06032 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { 06033 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl(); 06034 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f 06035 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl 06036 // branch of the if, below. 06037 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) 06038 << dcl; 06039 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit. 06040 06041 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified. 06042 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 06043 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext())) 06044 .getTypePtr()); 06045 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) { 06046 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary 06047 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary) 06048 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); 06049 if (isSFINAEContext()) 06050 return QualType(); 06051 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { 06052 // C99 6.5.3.2p1 06053 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator 06054 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { 06055 // FIXME: emit more specific diag... 06056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) 06057 << op->getSourceRange(); 06058 return QualType(); 06059 } 06060 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 06061 // The operand cannot be a bit-field 06062 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 06063 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange(); 06064 return QualType(); 06065 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) { 06066 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector 06067 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 06068 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange(); 06069 return QualType(); 06070 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) { 06071 // cannot take address of a property expression. 06072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 06073 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange(); 06074 return QualType(); 06075 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) { 06076 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here? 06077 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull()) 06078 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc); 06079 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) { 06080 return Context.OverloadTy; 06081 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 06082 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared 06083 // with the register storage-class specifier. 06084 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { 06085 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) { 06086 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) 06087 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange(); 06088 return QualType(); 06089 } 06090 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 06091 return Context.OverloadTy; 06092 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) { 06093 // Okay: we can take the address of a field. 06094 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit 06095 // scope qualifier for the class. 06096 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { 06097 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); 06098 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { 06099 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 06100 Diag(OpLoc, 06101 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) 06102 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 06103 return QualType(); 06104 } 06105 06106 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 06107 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); 06108 } 06109 } 06110 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 06111 // Okay: we can take the address of a function. 06112 // As above. 06113 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() && 06114 MD->isInstance()) 06115 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 06116 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); 06117 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) 06118 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type"); 06119 } 06120 06121 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { 06122 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we 06123 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. 06124 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". 06125 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); 06126 } 06127 06128 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". 06129 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); 06130 } 06131 06132 QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 06133 if (Op->isTypeDependent()) 06134 return Context.DependentTy; 06135 06136 UsualUnaryConversions(Op); 06137 QualType Ty = Op->getType(); 06138 06139 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an 06140 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing 06141 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is 06142 // unlikely to catch any mistakes. 06143 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) 06144 return PT->getPointeeType(); 06145 06146 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) 06147 return OPT->getPointeeType(); 06148 06149 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) 06150 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange(); 06151 return QualType(); 06152 } 06153 06154 static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode( 06155 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 06156 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc; 06157 switch (Kind) { 06158 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!"); 06159 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break; 06160 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break; 06161 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break; 06162 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break; 06163 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break; 06164 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break; 06165 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break; 06166 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break; 06167 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break; 06168 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break; 06169 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break; 06170 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break; 06171 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break; 06172 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break; 06173 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break; 06174 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break; 06175 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break; 06176 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break; 06177 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break; 06178 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break; 06179 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break; 06180 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break; 06181 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break; 06182 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break; 06183 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break; 06184 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break; 06185 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break; 06186 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break; 06187 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break; 06188 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break; 06189 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break; 06190 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break; 06191 } 06192 return Opc; 06193 } 06194 06195 static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( 06196 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 06197 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; 06198 switch (Kind) { 06199 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); 06200 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break; 06201 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break; 06202 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break; 06203 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break; 06204 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break; 06205 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break; 06206 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break; 06207 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break; 06208 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break; 06209 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break; 06210 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break; 06211 } 06212 return Opc; 06213 } 06214 06215 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with 06216 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports 06217 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. 06218 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 06219 unsigned Op, 06220 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { 06221 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. 06222 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op; 06223 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators 06224 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation 06225 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result 06226 06227 switch (Opc) { 06228 case BinaryOperator::Assign: 06229 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType()); 06230 break; 06231 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD: 06232 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI: 06233 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, 06234 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI); 06235 break; 06236 case BinaryOperator::Mul: 06237 case BinaryOperator::Div: 06238 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false, 06239 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div); 06240 break; 06241 case BinaryOperator::Rem: 06242 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06243 break; 06244 case BinaryOperator::Add: 06245 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06246 break; 06247 case BinaryOperator::Sub: 06248 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06249 break; 06250 case BinaryOperator::Shl: 06251 case BinaryOperator::Shr: 06252 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06253 break; 06254 case BinaryOperator::LE: 06255 case BinaryOperator::LT: 06256 case BinaryOperator::GE: 06257 case BinaryOperator::GT: 06258 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true); 06259 break; 06260 case BinaryOperator::EQ: 06261 case BinaryOperator::NE: 06262 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false); 06263 break; 06264 case BinaryOperator::And: 06265 case BinaryOperator::Xor: 06266 case BinaryOperator::Or: 06267 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06268 break; 06269 case BinaryOperator::LAnd: 06270 case BinaryOperator::LOr: 06271 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06272 break; 06273 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign: 06274 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign: 06275 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true, 06276 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign); 06277 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 06278 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 06279 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 06280 break; 06281 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign: 06282 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 06283 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 06284 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 06285 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 06286 break; 06287 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign: 06288 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); 06289 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 06290 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 06291 break; 06292 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign: 06293 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); 06294 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 06295 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 06296 break; 06297 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign: 06298 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign: 06299 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 06300 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 06301 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 06302 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 06303 break; 06304 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign: 06305 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign: 06306 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign: 06307 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); 06308 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 06309 if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) 06310 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 06311 break; 06312 case BinaryOperator::Comma: 06313 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); 06314 break; 06315 } 06316 if (ResultTy.isNull()) 06317 return ExprError(); 06318 if (CompResultTy.isNull()) 06319 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc)); 06320 else 06321 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, 06322 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy, 06323 OpLoc)); 06324 } 06325 06326 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps 06327 /// ParenRange in parentheses. 06328 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, 06329 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 06330 SourceRange ParenRange, 06331 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD = PartialDiagnostic(0), 06332 SourceRange SecondParenRange = SourceRange()) { 06333 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); 06334 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) { 06335 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the 06336 // warning/error and return. 06337 Self.Diag(Loc, PD); 06338 return; 06339 } 06340 06341 Self.Diag(Loc, PD) 06342 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(") 06343 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); 06344 06345 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID()) 06346 return; 06347 06348 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd()); 06349 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) { 06350 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the 06351 // warning/error and return. 06352 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD); 06353 return; 06354 } 06355 06356 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD) 06357 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(") 06358 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); 06359 } 06360 06361 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison 06362 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that 06363 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of 06364 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". 06365 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 06366 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){ 06367 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp; 06368 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1), 06369 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1); 06370 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs)) 06371 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); 06372 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs)) 06373 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); 06374 06375 // Subs are not binary operators. 06376 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1) 06377 return; 06378 06379 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. 06380 // Don't diagnose this. 06381 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) && 06382 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc))) 06383 return; 06384 06385 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc)) 06386 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 06387 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) 06388 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc) 06389 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc), 06390 lhs->getSourceRange(), 06391 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) 06392 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc), 06393 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd())); 06394 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc)) 06395 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 06396 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) 06397 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd()) 06398 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc), 06399 rhs->getSourceRange(), 06400 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) 06401 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc), 06402 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart())); 06403 } 06404 06405 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky 06406 /// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". 06407 /// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. 06408 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 06409 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){ 06410 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) 06411 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs); 06412 } 06413 06414 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 06415 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 06416 tok::TokenKind Kind, 06417 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) { 06418 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); 06419 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>(); 06420 06421 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression"); 06422 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression"); 06423 06424 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" 06425 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs); 06426 06427 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); 06428 } 06429 06430 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 06431 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 06432 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { 06433 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 06434 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() || 06435 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) { 06436 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this 06437 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local 06438 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of 06439 // the arguments. 06440 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; 06441 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); 06442 if (S && OverOp != OO_None) 06443 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(), 06444 Functions); 06445 06446 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) 06447 // binary operation. 06448 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs); 06449 } 06450 06451 // Build a built-in binary operation. 06452 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); 06453 } 06454 06455 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 06456 unsigned OpcIn, 06457 ExprArg InputArg) { 06458 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn); 06459 06460 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately. 06461 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get(); 06462 QualType resultType; 06463 switch (Opc) { 06464 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf: 06465 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator"); 06466 break; 06467 06468 case UnaryOperator::PreInc: 06469 case UnaryOperator::PreDec: 06470 case UnaryOperator::PostInc: 06471 case UnaryOperator::PostDec: 06472 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc, 06473 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc || 06474 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc); 06475 break; 06476 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf: 06477 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); 06478 break; 06479 case UnaryOperator::Deref: 06480 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input); 06481 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc); 06482 break; 06483 case UnaryOperator::Plus: 06484 case UnaryOperator::Minus: 06485 UsualUnaryConversions(Input); 06486 resultType = Input->getType(); 06487 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 06488 break; 06489 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 06490 break; 06491 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7 06492 resultType->isEnumeralType()) 06493 break; 06494 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 06495 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus && 06496 resultType->isPointerType()) 06497 break; 06498 06499 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 06500 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); 06501 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement 06502 UsualUnaryConversions(Input); 06503 resultType = Input->getType(); 06504 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 06505 break; 06506 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. 06507 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) 06508 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. 06509 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) 06510 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange(); 06511 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType()) 06512 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 06513 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); 06514 break; 06515 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation 06516 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). 06517 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input); 06518 resultType = Input->getType(); 06519 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 06520 break; 06521 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 06522 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 06523 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); 06524 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. 06525 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 06526 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy; 06527 break; 06528 case UnaryOperator::Real: 06529 case UnaryOperator::Imag: 06530 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real); 06531 break; 06532 case UnaryOperator::Extension: 06533 resultType = Input->getType(); 06534 break; 06535 } 06536 if (resultType.isNull()) 06537 return ExprError(); 06538 06539 InputArg.release(); 06540 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc)); 06541 } 06542 06543 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 06544 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc, 06545 ExprArg input) { 06546 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get(); 06547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && 06548 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) { 06549 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this 06550 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local 06551 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of 06552 // the arguments. 06553 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; 06554 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); 06555 if (S && OverOp != OO_None) 06556 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(), 06557 Functions); 06558 06559 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input)); 06560 } 06561 06562 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input)); 06563 } 06564 06565 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 06566 Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 06567 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) { 06568 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input)); 06569 } 06570 06571 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 06572 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, 06573 SourceLocation LabLoc, 06574 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) { 06575 // Look up the record for this label identifier. 06576 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII]; 06577 06578 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It 06579 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody. 06580 if (LabelDecl == 0) 06581 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0); 06582 06583 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. 06584 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl, 06585 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy))); 06586 } 06587 06588 Sema::OwningExprResult 06589 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt, 06590 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})" 06591 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get()); 06592 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!"); 06593 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); 06594 06595 bool isFileScope 06596 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0); 06597 if (isFileScope) 06598 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope)); 06599 06600 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for 06601 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. 06602 // More semantic analysis is needed. 06603 06604 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one 06605 // as the type of the stmtexpr. 06606 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; 06607 06608 if (!Compound->body_empty()) { 06609 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back(); 06610 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body. 06611 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) 06612 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt(); 06613 06614 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) 06615 Ty = LastExpr->getType(); 06616 } 06617 06618 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement 06619 // expressions are not lvalues. 06620 06621 substmt.release(); 06622 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc)); 06623 } 06624 06625 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 06626 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 06627 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 06628 TypeTy *argty, 06629 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 06630 unsigned NumComponents, 06631 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 06632 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on 06633 // error. 06634 // FIXME: Preserve type source info. 06635 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty); 06636 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!"); 06637 06638 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); 06639 06640 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first 06641 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents 06642 // a struct/union/class. 06643 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) 06644 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy); 06645 06646 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable 06647 // with an incomplete type would be illegal. 06648 06649 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process 06650 // the offsetof designators. 06651 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy); 06652 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr); 06653 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref, 06654 ArgTy, SourceLocation()); 06655 06656 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a 06657 // GCC extension, diagnose them. 06658 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in 06659 // a system header! 06660 if (NumComponents != 1) 06661 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator) 06662 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd); 06663 06664 if (!Dependent) { 06665 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; 06666 06667 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(), 06668 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) 06669 return ExprError(); 06670 06671 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably 06672 // leaks like a sieve. 06673 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) { 06674 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i]; 06675 if (OC.isBrackets) { 06676 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? 06677 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType()); 06678 if (!AT) { 06679 Res->Destroy(Context); 06680 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) 06681 << Res->getType()); 06682 } 06683 06684 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded. 06685 06686 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript 06687 // expression. 06688 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res); 06689 06690 // C99 6.5.2.1p1 06691 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E); 06692 // FIXME: Leaks Res 06693 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) 06694 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), 06695 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) 06696 << Idx->getSourceRange()); 06697 06698 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(), 06699 OC.LocEnd); 06700 continue; 06701 } 06702 06703 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 06704 if (!RC) { 06705 Res->Destroy(Context); 06706 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) 06707 << Res->getType()); 06708 } 06709 06710 // Get the decl corresponding to this. 06711 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); 06712 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 06713 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && 06714 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, 06715 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type) 06716 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) 06717 << Res->getType())) 06718 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; 06719 } 06720 06721 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); 06722 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); 06723 06724 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); 06725 // FIXME: Leaks Res 06726 if (!MemberDecl) 06727 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) 06728 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd)); 06729 06730 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field. 06731 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield. 06732 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 06733 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 06734 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>(); 06735 } else { 06736 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0, MemberDecl); 06737 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it 06738 // doesn't matter here. 06739 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd, 06740 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType()); 06741 } 06742 } 06743 } 06744 06745 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf, 06746 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc)); 06747 } 06748 06749 06750 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 06751 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2, 06752 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 06753 // FIXME: Preserve type source info. 06754 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1); 06755 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2); 06756 06757 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)"); 06758 06759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 06760 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus) 06761 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc); 06762 return ExprError(); 06763 } 06764 06765 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, 06766 argT1, argT2, RPLoc)); 06767 } 06768 06769 Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 06770 ExprArg cond, 06771 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2, 06772 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 06773 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get()); 06774 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get()); 06775 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get()); 06776 06777 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)"); 06778 06779 QualType resType; 06780 bool ValueDependent = false; 06781 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { 06782 resType = Context.DependentTy; 06783 ValueDependent = true; 06784 } else { 06785 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. 06786 llvm::APSInt condEval(32); 06787 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 06788 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc)) 06789 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc, 06790 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant) 06791 << CondExpr->getSourceRange()); 06792 06793 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr. 06794 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType(); 06795 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent() 06796 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent(); 06797 } 06798 06799 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release(); 06800 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, 06801 resType, RPLoc, 06802 resType->isDependentType(), 06803 ValueDependent)); 06804 } 06805 06806 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 06807 // Clang Extensions. 06808 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 06809 06810 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. 06811 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) { 06812 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); 06813 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block); 06814 CurContext->addDecl(Block); 06815 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block); 06816 } 06817 06818 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) { 06819 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!"); 06820 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); 06821 06822 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0 06823 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) { 06824 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); 06825 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); 06826 06827 if (T->isArrayType()) { 06828 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 06829 diag::err_block_returns_array); 06830 return; 06831 } 06832 06833 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume (). 06834 if (!T->isFunctionType()) <